HOME
                                  

The Infamous Black BirdSouthern Oregon History, Revised


Notes on Rogue Valley Photographers

Photographers are often mentioned in association with others' studios; be sure to search the entire page. 
   
Some information taken from Thomas Robinson's Oregon Photographers and Bill Alley's A Century of the Photographic Arts in Southern Oregon.  See also Peter Palmquist's "Camera Fiends and Kodak Girls in Southern Oregon 1850-1950."

A-M CARD CO.
Postcards with the same company name and distinctive handwriting also exist from the company's sojourn circa 1910 in the Crandon, Wisconsin area. The A-M numbering system overlaps with that of Western Card Co.'s cards. 
    The A. & M. Photo Company have taken several splendid photographs of the firemen and the hose wagon. The firm is composed of E. X. Anderson and O. McDonald. They are now engaged in group and commercial work in Medford.

"Local and Personal," Medford Mail, July 2, 1909, page 5

    Married--Edwin X. Anderson and Miss Agnes Peil, Sunday, December 26, 8:30 a.m. at the home of the bride's parents, Mr. and Mrs. F. A. Peil, East Medford, W. Theo. Matlock officiating. The happy young couple left on the 10:35 train Sunday morning for Fresno, Calif., where they will make their home for a short time only, as they expect to return to Medford soon.
"Social and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, December 28, 1909, page 3

ABELL & WELSH
(Kerbyville, Roseburg, Cottage Grove, Eugene 1877)
F. G. Abell, J. O. Welsh

    NEW PHOTOGRAPH GALLERY.--Messrs. Abell & Welsh, late of Yreka, are putting up a building in front of our window for a photograph gallery. They will be ready in a few days to accommodate those who desire a first-class picture. They come well recommended as artists.
Ashland Tidings, November 11, 1876, page 3

    MR. ABELL, photographic artist, desires us to say that it makes no difference whether the weather is cloudy or not for taking pictures, and that his time is positively limited. Those wanting pictures govern themselves accordingly.
Ashland Tidings, November 18, 1876, page 3

    GOOD PICTURES APPRECIATED.--The crowds that are thronging the gallery of Messrs. Abell & Welsh show that the people know where to obtain first-class work, and in consequence they are rushed with business. Don't delay or you may be too late.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, January 24, 1877, page 3

    Persons wishing photographs of their residence, business house, horses, cattle, etc., should call on Abell & Welsh, as they make a specialty of doing outdoor work. Low prices to suit the hard times.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, March, 28, 1877

    ABELL & WELSH, photographers, have gone to Kerbyville, and will remain there three weeks.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, April 11, 1877, page 3
    . . . we reach Jacksonville at 7. Here I had the pleasure of grasping the hand of Frank Abell, Mr. Welsh's partner in the photographing and mining business. He passed most of the winter in Ashland, I believe, and is to start tomorrow at 3 a.m. for Roseburg, the county seat of Douglas County, Oregon.
R. D. Nunnally, "Notes on the Way to Oregon," Pacific Rural Press, San Francisco, July 7, 1877, page 2
    Everybody should bear in mind that the celebrated artists--Messrs. Able & Welsh--will not be with us always. This is the best chance ever offered the citizens of Eugene and surrounding country to obtain really superior pictures. Bear in mind also that they are only transient and will remain but a short time longer, as their engagements in other places makes their time positively limited.
"Brief Mention," Eugene City Guard, September 1, 1877, page 3
    Abel & Welsh are now in Eugene City.
Oregon Sentinel, September 5, 1877, page 3

    F. G. Abell, at one time a well-known photographer, but now traveling in the interest of some lodge, was in the city Saturday.
"Jacksonville Items," Medford Mail, January 10, 1902, page 3

FRANK GEORGE ABELL
(San Francisco 1862-66, Stockton 1866, San Francisco 1867-70, Grass Valley 1872-75, Red Bluff 1875, Yreka, 1876, itinerant 1876-77, Roseburg 1877, Eugene 1877, Portland 1878-88, Jacksonville 1883, Corvallis 1886, Colfax, Washington 1888, San Francisco 1889-94, Portland 1897-1907, Tacoma 1910)
    Frank Abell has one of the finest selections of photographs to be found anywhere on this coast.
Willamette Farmer, Salem, May 9, 1879, page 3
    Mr. Frank Abell, acknowledged to be the finest photographic artist in Portland, has rented Mr. Britt's establishment for a short time, and those wanting pictures had better call soon. Mr. Abell is in poor health and leaves his large business in Portland only temporarily in order to regain it. He has the beautiful setter dog with him that won the silver cup in California last year.
"Local Items," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, August 18, 1883, page 3

    Abell, the leading photographer of Portland, has leased the photograph gallery of Peter Britt for a few days and will be pleased to see any and all of his old friends and patrons of the past. Negatives only will be made here, all work will be finished at the Portland gallery. Those wishing photographs will not delay, as his time here is short. The instantaneous dry plate process will be worked for children. The gallery will be in running order Monday afternoon.
"Local Items," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, August 18, 1883, page 3
    BABIES WANTED.--That's nothing strange--everybody wants babies except crusty old bachelors, but this time Abell the photographer wants them--twenty per day--in order to take lifelike pictures of the little sweets. His specialty is taking children's pictures, and those fortunate enough to have their children's pictures taken during his short stay will find them finished in the highest style of the art. A look at his specimen copies at Mr. Britt's gallery will be sufficient proof of his ability.

Unidentified Jacksonville clipping, August 1883
    HAVE YOUR PICTURES TAKEN.--Frank G. Abell, the well-known Portland photographer, is now at P. Britt's gallery, engaged in taking pictures. He has a reputation second to no artist on the coast, and our citizens are therefore afforded a good opportunity to have their photographs taken in the highest style of the art. He makes a specialty of babies' pictures, using the dry-plate process. Negatives alone will be taken, and the work finished at the Portland gallery.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 14, 1883, page 3
    Frank A. Abell, at one time a well-known photographer in this state, but of recent years making his home at Ottawa, Canada, is visiting in Portland.

"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 27, 1898, page 3
    D. C. Herrin and wife, and Frank Abell have gone into the photograph business at Portland. All are well known in this country.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 29, 1898, page 3
    Frank G. Abell, who is well known to many citizens of Jacksonville as a photographer, having operated here many years ago, is again in the valley. He is deputy supreme president of the Order of Lions, a new and popular fraternal order, and is organizing lodges.
"Personal Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, December 12, 1901, page 7

ADM

Overlapping ADM logo—see D. M. Averill

George W. Ager, May 16, 1916 Oregonian
GEORGE W. AGER (1911-1920)
Talent, Oregon


JOHN W. AID
(1891-92)
    J. W. Aid, our local photographer, has lately taken some fine views of Talent and vicinity. Johnny is establishing a reputation as an artist.
"Talent Items," Ashland Tidings, May 22, 1892, page 2

    John Aid of Talent is in town canvassing for handsome photographic views and is meeting with considerable success.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 27, 1892, page 3
    John W. Aid, the Ashland photographer, was in town this week delivering views he took here on Decoration Day. His firm does excellent work.
"Personal Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 17, 1892, page 3
    J. W. Aid, the photographer, went to Hornbrook Tuesday to begin photography work in Siskiyou County. Mr. Aid makes a specialty of farm scenes, family groups and outdoor views of all kinds and has been doing considerable satisfactory work in those lines in Southern Oregon, and will no doubt meet with like success in Siskiyou County.
Ashland Tidings, June 24, 1892, page 3

    John W. Aid, the Ashland photographer, is now in Siskiyou County, and will doubtless do a good business.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 1, 1892, page 3
    John W. Aid of Pokegama will start a photograph gallery at the lumber town in a short time.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 17, 1893, page 3
    J. W. Aid came in from Pokegama on the 3rd on a short visit to relations and friends. He has purchased the Logan photographic outfit which he takes back with him. He had some fine views, which he had taken, of the log chute on the Klamath, the dam at Pokegama and others. Mr. Aid is an artist of no mean ability. He returned last Saturday.
Talent News, June 1, 1893, page 4
    J. W. Aid, now of Pokegama, last week bought the Logan photographic outfit at Ashland, and will employ it in his gallery over the hill.

"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 19, 1893, page 3
    J. W. Aid has taken his departure from Ashland for Pokegama, to open a photograph gallery there.

"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 2, 1893, page 3

ALBERTYPE CO.

Brooklyn, N.Y.—black halftone; white border; all caps copperplate legend

R. M. ALLEN (1909)
    R. M. Allen was yesterday taking some photographic views of prominent buildings and street scenes, etc., to be used in a souvenir pamphlet which he is expecting to have ready in a couple of weeks.
Medford Mail, June 4, 1909, page 5

RAY ANDERS
(1934-72)
232 E. Main, 307 E. Jackson, Medford
Anders Photo Shop
    Mr. Ray Anders has bought the Harwood photo equipment, which is valued at $500, at the studio he has opened at his home. Mr. Harwood is now living on the Redwood Highway, and Mr. Anders is working in connection with him. Mr. Anders has done very satisfactory work in the past, and with his new equipment is now able to make enlargements and [he] does all of his own finishing. He specializes in Crystal Kote finish and Kodak work.
Central Point American, April 12, 1934, page 4
Anders Photo Shop 1966-6-2p3MMT
    Now completely installed in their attractive new store at 307 East Jackson Street in Medford, Anders Photo Shop will begin their opening celebration activities this week. The long-established Medford firm, with six staff members, occupy the location next to the Rogue Ski Shop, with access to downtown and residential areas and ample customer parking.
    The opening celebration will feature special values and prizes, owner Jim Anders announced. Moving to the new location has made it possible to expand display and selling area, studio and commercial darkroom facilities, Anders said.
Medford Mail Tribune, June 3, 1966, page 7

ANDERSON

See A-M Card Co.

J. A. ANDERSON

    J. A. Anderson, a Walla Walla banker, in pursuit of happiness with the private photographic fad raging in him, is snowed in somewhere on the Siskiyous, taking views of mountain sublimity enveloped in white.

"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 6, 1890, page 3


ANDERSON STUDIO
(1925-31)
Alfred J. Anderson
128 East Main, Medford
A. J. Anderson ad, January 31, 1927 Medford Mail Tribune
January 31, 1927 Medford Mail Tribune

Anderson Buys California Studio
    A. J. Anderson, who has had a lease on and operated the California Studio, has purchased the same and changed the name to Anderson's Studio. It is located upstairs at 128 East Main Street.
    Mr. Anderson is an experienced photographer of several years [and] will specialize in portraits but is equipped to do all kinds of commercial work, enlarging, Kodak finishing and color work.
Medford Mail Tribune, March 17, 1927, page 10

A. J. Anderson's camera (left) reflected in the Crest Confectionery mirror, circa 1928
A. J. Anderson's camera (left) reflected in the Crest Confectionery mirror, Medford, circa 1928

    A. J. Anderson of the "Anderson Studio" arrived home Saturday night Portland, where he attended the annual convention of the Pacific-International Photographers Association. . . . Mr. Anderson exhibited in both the portrait and commercial class, winning a blue ribbon in each class, selection being based on outstanding distinctive examples of photographic work.
"Anderson Is Back from Big Contest," Medford Daily News, September 4, 1928, page 2

WESLEY ANDREWS CO.
Portland, Ore.
Charles Wesley Andrews
Born: Aurora, Ontario, Canada, December 10, 1875
Died: Portland, Oregon, December 22, 1950
    Wesley Andrews' postcard company began operation in Baker in 1904 and continued in business until the starting of World War I. During the 1920s he moved his business to Portland.
    Coming from the East as a young boy, he and his parents first settled in Canyon City. A short time later they moved to Baker. In addition to his postcard business Andrews served for awhile as publisher of the Morning Democrat.
    He made frequent trips to the Oregon beaches, photographing many sunsets and ocean views. Many of his cards taken along the ocean carry poetry of his own composition.
    The business was sold to Herb Goldsmith. Many of the negatives today are in the files of the Oregon Historical Society.
Edwin D. Culp, "Oregon Postcards," Oregon Historical Quarterly, December 1965, page 309

ANGELO STUDIO (Grants Pass 1909-16)
Angelo 1909-9-10p8RRCourier
September 10, 1909 Rogue River Courier
    For a touch of individuality in lighting and posing go to the Angelo Studio.
"Personal and Local," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, November 5, 1909, page 5
    Artistic photographs, postals, stamp pictures, amateur finishing. Come and see samples at the Angelo Studio, 605 Sixth Street. Mid-summer prices.
Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, August 12, 1910, page 8
    One-third off on all photos on Dollar Day at the Angelo Studio, 510 Sixth St., opp Court House.
Advertisement, Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, October 20, 1915, page 3
    The Angelo Studio is preparing to go out of business in Grants Pass. Prints from old negatives or new can be obtained for the next few weeks at reduced prices.
"Personal and Local," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, June 28, 1916, page 4

ARBUCKLE-MORAN (1951-54)
Robert N. Arbuckle, Jack C. Moran.
Photographers Buy Field Studio Here
    Robert Arbuckle and Jack C. Moran, who have been conducting a photography business here for the past year, have purchased the Field studio in the Leverette building, it was announced today.
    Both young photographers attended the Art Center school in Los Angeles before coming to the Rogue Valley. They did the photographic work for the Oregon Shakespeare Festival Association program this summer.
    Moran, in addition to his photographic work, is also a portrait painter and has painted a number of local people.
    Mr. and Mrs. Harry Field, proprietors of the studio for several years, are retiring to their ranch on Ross Lane on the west side of the valley.
Medford Mail Tribune, November 1, 1951, page 8


ART-RAY

Charles Arthur and Leslie Rae Payne, northern California

ARTCRAFT
(Grants Pass 1927-1982)
    [Philip Franklin] Brainerd was born Nov. 9, 1913, in Havre, Mont. The family moved to Grants Pass 14 years later, where his father [Philip A. Brainerd] opened a photography shop, Artcraft.
"Brainerd Studio Is Sold to J. C. Wilson," Medford Mail Tribune, January 13, 1995, page B2
    Starting in his teen years, he worked with his father and brothers at the Artcraft Camera Shop and Portrait Studio. On his return from World War II, he took over ownership of Artcraft, installing the first color photo finishing plant in Grants Pass. He retired in 1982.
Obituary of Gordon A. Brainerd, died March 20, 2003; Medford Mail Tribune online

ARTVUE POST CARD CO.

225 Fifth Ave., New York, N.Y.

ASHLAND COMMERCIAL CLUB

See Chester Stevenson


DAVID M. AVERILL COMPANY

Portland, Oregon. Mfd. in Germany.
   
Souvenir Postal Cards, set of 10, 15¢. D. M. Averill & Co., The Curio Store, 331 Morrison St.
Advertisement, The Sunday Oregonian, Portland, December 15, 1901, page 5

AW/WA Logo
Wesley Andrews Co. (q.v.). When handwritten, logo resembles a flying "A":
Wesley Andrews Logo

LESLIE BAILEY
See Dunlap & Bailey

    A. L. Bailey, the young photographer of Phoenix, has been visiting friends and relatives in this vicinity the past week.
"Missouri Flat Items," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, November 18, 1900, page 2
    Leslie Bailey returned to his home last week from Medford where he has just finished [learning] the photographer's trade under George Mackey.
"Provolt Items," Medford Mail, February 7, 1902, page 5
    Lester [sic] Bailey has opened a photograph gallery in Jacksonville. He is an expert workman.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 29, 1902, page 5
    A. L. Bailey has moved his photograph tent to the Neil property on Fifth Street, opposite the court house.

"Local Notes,"
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 12, 1902, page 5
    L. Bailey, the photographer, who has been at Jacksonville for some time, is now in Medford. He recently returned from Jump-off Joe district, where he took some excellent views.

"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville,
July 23, 1902, page 5

F. M. and C. A. BAKER
(1895-1896)
    F. M. and C. A. Baker have fitted up the photograph gallery, on North B Street, and about the first of November they expect to be able to open their place for business. Some five or six years ago these gentlemen were in the grocery business in this city.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, October 25, 1895, page 8
    My prices for cabinet photos still continue at $1.50 and $2.00 per dozen. F. M. Baker, B Street.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, February 21, 1896, page 5
    Baker, the photographer, has decided to take to field work again, and will, within a few days, commence doing mining and farm viewing. H. L. Miser will have charge of his studio in Medford, and the same is being rearranged and refitted.
Medford Mail, May 8, 1896, page 5

    The Medford Gallery, on North B Street, formerly occupied by Baker Bros., has been reopened with H. L. Miser at its helm and is prepared to make anything in the line of photography at reasonable prices and with satisfaction to its patrons.
Excerpt, Medford Mail, July 3, 1896, page 8
Twelfth Street Studio
    F. M. Baker will open his Twelfth Street studio on Saturday, September 21st, and on that day will make first-class cabinet photos, on that day only, for $2.00 per dozen. All other work from stamp photos up, done in first-class style.
"City News," Daily Capital Journal, Salem, September 17, 1907, page 5
    F. M. Baker--Twelfth Street photographer. All kinds of photo work done at living prices. Call and see my work and prices. Viewing a specialty; also headquarters for amateur developing and finishing. Cabinet photographs $3.00 per dozen. Between Woolen Mills and O.K. Store.
Daily Capital Journal, Salem, September 21-October 14, 1907, page 7

FRED H. BAKER
(1951)
128 East Main
    Open Soon--Baker's Commercial Photographers announced today that they expect to open their shop Tuesday, February 27. A complete line of equipment recently arrived for the new business from Portland and Los Angeles, they said.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, February 22, 1951, page 12

MAUD BALDWIN

    Miss Maud Baldwin, whose picture is shown, is engaged in the photograph business at Klamath Falls. She is the daughter of County Judge George T. Baldwin, one of the ludest [sic] merchants in the county.
"The Woman on Horseback," Oregon Journal, Portland, March 19, 1905, page 33
    Mr. [sic] Baldwin, Klamath Falls, Oregon
"Oregon's Photographers," Oregon Journal, Portland, September 8, 1907, page 14

CORA BALDWIN
    The Tyler photograph gallery at Ashland has been reopened, being now conducted by Geo. H. Tyler, assisted by Miss Cora Baldwin, who for a long time prior to the death of Mrs. Tyler had been connected with the establishment, and who understands all the detail work.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 3, 1893, page 3
    Geo. H. Tyler has become possessor of the Wirth Photo Co.'s gallery in Medford as well as the plant which he owned, in Ashland. Mr. Wirth is badly involved. Miss Cora Baldwin is in charge of the gallery in Ashland and Tyler is running things at Medford.
"Personal and Social," Valley Record, Ashland, Oregon, January 24, 1895, page 3

DAVID BALL

    David Ball has his photo tent in town.

"Woodville Items," Medford Mail, November 29, 1901, page 5

MRS. FRED BALL

See Edith Hayden Jones Bell


DAISY L. AND
GEORGE G. BANCROFT
    The Picture Mill, located on the block west of the First National Bank in this city, is now open for business. . . . The Picture Mill will specialize upon high grade portraiture and will do a general photographic business. Call and inspect the new studio and convince yourself that Grants Pass has at last secured an attractive, convenient and modernly equipped Picture Mill.
"The Picture Mill Is Now Open for Business," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, September 27, 1917, page 4
    The building in which the late A. T. Lewis conducted a studio has been completely remodeled, and it now shows the distinctive artistic taste of the proprietor, Mrs. Geo. Bancroft, who with her husband spent many days in planning and weeks in carrying out the plan. The equipment is of the very latest and includes a modern flash-light apparatus for use on dark days or in home portraiture.
"Bancrofts Open a Well-Equipped Photo Studio," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, October 7, 1917, page 5

BARDELL ART CO.
San Francisco
   
Errand boy wanted; must have had some experience in printing office. Bardell Art Printing Co., Sierra Bldg., Front and Clay.
San Francisco Call, November 3, 1912, page 69

BARKALOW BROS.

Railway News Service, Omaha, Nebraska

MRS. I. M. BARNARD
(circa 1894-99)
    Our photographer, Mrs. Barnard, is going away for the summer and is taking pictures at greatly reduced rates. Mrs. Barnard does first-class work and has a liberal patronage.
"Central Point Items," Medford Mail, February 21, 1896, page 1

    Perry Ellis has opened a photograph gallery at Central Point in Mrs. Barnard's old stand, and will locate there for the winter.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, December 4, 1896, page 7
    Perry Ellis, the photographer, of Prospect, has leased Mrs. Barnard's gallery for the winter.
"Central Point Items," Medford Mail, December 11, 1896, page 3

    Mrs. I. M. Barnard has closed her photograph gallery and is making preparations to leave Central Point about May 1st. Her numerous friends will regret her departure and hope to have her again among us in the near future.
"Central Point Pointers," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, April 24, 1899, page 2

GEORGE ALFRED BARROWCLOUGH
(circa 1906-10)
    Apparently Barrowclough briefly shot and sold postcards in Medford on his return from a photographic expedition to the San Francisco earthquake zone.

HARDING T. BAUGHMAN
(Talent, circa 1906)
H. T. Baughman Stereoview, Rogue Valley

ROBERT VINTON BEALL

    Vint Beall of Central Point precinct has gone to Berkeley, Calif., where he will attend the deaf-mute college.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, November 10, 1893, page 3
    R. Vinton Beall, of Central Point, a recent graduate of an Illinois school of photography, and who has been in that capacity in North Carolina for some time, has been called to New Orleans to assist during the Mardi Gras in that city. He will be employed on one of the highest branches of the photographer's art--that of carbon printer, at a good salary. Vinton has a large number of friends in this county who will be elated to learn of the flattering success he is achieving in his chosen profession. He may remain in New Orleans permanently.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, February 22, 1901, page 7
    R. Vinton Beall, Jr., was in Medford several days this week visiting relatives and friends. He has lately returned from New Orleans, where he has been engaged in the photographing business, and will remain here until fall.

"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, April 12, 1901, page 6
R. Vinton Beall ad, July 11, 1902 Medford Mail
July 11, 1902 Medford Mail
Beall's Photos.
    It is conceded that Pacific Coast photos beat the world when done by an expert. Realizing the need of this valley in this line and the advantages which a rural gallery offers in perfecting this line of work. Mr. R. Vinton Beall, a graduate of the Illinois College of Photography at Effingham, Illinois, has just completed the installation of a thoroughly modern and up-to-date plant in his recently erected studio at the Beall ranch, two and one-half miles north of Medford, and is now ready to arrange sittings for family groups, schools, child portraiture, all styles of adult photos, commercial and still life work. So complete is the gallery equipment that weather conditions cut no figure and the display of samples of the artist's handicraft will convince anyone that a new era has dawned in Jackson County photography. As suggested in Mr. Beall's advertisement in another column, it would be as well to arrange for sittings, as delays in photography are always to be avoided if possible.
Medford Mail, July 11-18, 1902, page 2
An Up-to-Date Gallery.
    The Medford Mail newsman, in his search for the ever-exclusive new item, visited the photographic gallery, recently built by R. Vinton Beall, on his father's (R. V. Beall) place three miles north of Medford. The building is 16x24 feet, with 12-foot walls, and no ceiling to interfere with his light arrangements, which are absolutely perfect, having sky and sidelights in plenty which, with curtains and backgrounds, enable him to control the light, and this prevents his pictures from being rendered unsightly by one side being too dark and the other too light. His largest camera cost $65, and the lens for it cost $135 in New York City, and it is of the best make on the market. He has his studio well supplied with all the accessories that add to the unique effects desired by many persons in their photos.
    Mr. Beall is a graduate of the Illinois College of Photography, taking the full two years' course.
    At the close of his school work he was instructor in carbons for several months, after which he went to Ashville, N.C., and then returned to Oregon, for he was not content except in old Jackson County. At the college he learned photography as an art, for in addition to being an expert in all the mechanical details, he thoroughly understands posing, a feature little understood by many photographers, as is proven by the awkward figures made by many persons who have been posed by them. Mr. Beall does all the latest in photography, including carbons, platinotypes, platinos, veloxes, opals and transparencies.
    Mr. Beall is also a practical chemist and has quite a laboratory in his dark room, which is one of the most complete in Oregon. Mr. Beall's work speaks for himself, for it is equal to the best that is done in any of the galleries in this state.
Medford Mail, July 25, 1902, page 2
The Unrivaled Carbon!
    The art gems of photography, whose beauty, artistic value and absolute permanence cannot be excelled by any other process. The acme of perfection in photography the world over. Made in some fifteen different colors on paper, celluloid, porcelain, ivory and opal glass. BEALL MAKES 'EM. The Wayside Studio, 2½ miles north of Medford.
Medford Mail,
July 25, 1902, page 7

    Horace Nicholson has had on exhibition lately some very fine photographs of the Ray dam near Tolo with historic Table Rock as a background. The pictures are finely finished and show a complete mastery of the photographic art. They are the work of R. Vinton Beall, of the Wayside Studio. Mr. Beall's work is all high class, and his studio is equipped with everything in the way of modern facilities for the making of fine photographs, and the operator knows how to handle them so as to get the best results.

"City Happenings," Medford Mail, October 3, 1902, page 7

FRANK W. BECK

San Francisco, Woodland, Fresno
    Alex. Ireland returned last week with his hunting and pleasure party. The party consisted of Dr. J. Patterson, Frank Beck, a photographer, Henry Patterson, a farmer, all of Visalia, Calif., Crit Tolman, of Ashland, and Joe Delk, of Medford. . . . The object of the trip, so far as the California parties were concerned, was to have a good time and take photographs of the several places of interest which they visited, and of the pictures they gathered in just an even one hundred and four--all of them different scenes.
"Slew Plenty of Deer," Medford Mail, October 4, 1895, page 1
    Fortunately, in proof of these statements, Mr. F. W. Beck, a well-known photographer of San Francisco, formed one of the party. True to his trade he carried his camera, and views were taken from time to time of the progress and success of the expedition.
"Hunting in Southern Oregon," Overland Monthly, August 1897, page 146
    Beck Brothers, the photographers, have secured a large photograph of Jim Walker, the first sheriff of Fresno County. . . .
"Jim Walker Photographed," Fresno Weekly Republican, February 17, 1899, page 5

BECK'S PHOTOGRAPHIC GALLERY

    Ferrotypes made at reduced prices for the next 30 days at Beck's opposite Sentinel.
Oregon Sentinel,
Jacksonville, September 12, 1877, page 3
    Pictures made and delivered in ten minutes at Beck's Photographic Gallery, opposite Sentinel office.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, September 19, 1877, page 3


RICHARD BEHRENDT
San Francisco, Cal., mfd. in Germany

BELL ART STUDIO
(1942-44)

    Bell Studios, new photographic studio at 109 East Main Street in this city, will open Saturday, according to an announcement by Dave Bowman. The new studio, under the management of Mr. Bowman, will specialize in hand-painted portraits in oil. Latest-type Cooper-Hewitt lightings and professional Hollywood backgrounds will be employed by Bell Studios, with emphasis upon theatrical poses and speed film for photographs of children and tiny babies. . . . Dave Bowman, one of the owners and the general manager of the Bell Studios in this city, comes from Klamath Falls, where he has managed a similar studio for some time.
"Bell Studio to Open Here with Bowman Manager," Medford Mail Tribune, March 13, 1942, page 5


NOAH S. BENNETT
(1880s-1906)
Portland harbor, N. S. Bennett stereoview
    Mrs. N. S. Bennett was in Medford last week taking orders for panoramic views of the Rogue River Valley which her husband has but recently taken and developed. The views are taken from a prominent point on the east side of the valley, and they include all of the country from Pilot Rock, near Ashland on the South, to Table Rock on the north. The views show all the towns in the valley and also Mt. Shasta in California. They make a very fine present to send to friends in the East. Especially well are they suited for this as they give strangers a very good idea as to the length and width of the valley. Mrs. Bennett was quite successful in her sales, and those whom she has not already seen she will call upon later.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, March 6, 1903, page 7
    From the Klamath Falls Republican: N. S. Bennett, a photographer of Medford, arrived in the city Saturday on his way to Crater Lake, where he expects to get some fine pictures of winter scenery around the lake.

"Klamath County News," Medford Mail, March 11, 1904, page 3

    N. S. Bennett returned Sunday from a two weeks' trip to Klamath County. He spent a good part of his time in the Wood River Valley--where the snow was from two to three and a half feet deep--but he provided himself with snowshoes and succeeded in securing several fine views of that picturesque country. He was not, however, fortunate in getting views of Crater Lake, as there was a storm on every day during his five days' stay near the lake.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, March 18, 1904, page 4

    If you want to give your friends in the East some idea of what scenes in Southern Oregon are like, you send them a collection of the stereo views taken by N. S. Bennett. These views comprise a wide range of subjects and thoroughly cover the scenery of Southern Oregon. They can be had either at the Medford Book Store or at H. B. Nye's.
"Additional Local," Medford Mail, July 8-August 26, 1904, page 1
    N. L. [sic] Bennett and family spent July 4 on the snow-capped summit of Ashland Peak. Photographs were taken of the children playing in the snow and making a snowman.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, July 6, 1915, page 2

THEODORE W. BENTON

    Theodore W. Benton of Colusa, California is touring Oregon taking views of scenery for an eastern publication.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, March 30, 1911, page 5


CHARLES F. BIXBY

   
Chas. F. Bixby arrived in Grants Pass Saturday to enter the photographic business, and he has leased the former Loveridge studio, next back of the Hotel Layton. Mr. Bixby was in the business in Los Angeles for many years until three years ago, when he went to Alberta, Can. At that time he considered Grants Pass a possible location, but he was desirous of a more decided change of climate. He says he does not care to spend another winter in Alberta. He has rented a house at 621 South Fourth Street and expects Mrs. Bixby and the children to arrive soon.
"Personal and Local," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, September 10, 1909, page 3

   
As one of the sidelights on the recent raids by Josephine County and Grants Pass authorities on "blind pigs," James Bixby, a photographer of that city, was shot in the shoulder by Chief of Police Rowley. The shooting occurred during the service of a search warrant upon the home of Fred Wickman, in which sixty gallons of liquor was confiscated by the officers.
"Photographer Shot During Raid on Grants Pass 'Blind Pig'; Cries of Holdup Alarms," Medford Sun, February 25, 1912, page 1

    A bill for expenses and damages of $5263 was presented to the city council of Grants Pass by C. F. Bixby, a photographer, who was shot in the shoulder during a whisky raid in February.
"Brief News of Oregon," The Madras Pioneer, October 3, 1912, page 4
    Miss Cora Coutant . . . discovered C. F. Bixby, formerly of Grants Pass, now conducting a studio in Denver.
"Bixby in Denver," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, April 16, 1918, page 4

F. L. BLAINE
    F. L. Blaine of Portland is now in charge of the Logan gallery at Ashland, Mrs. Logan having accepted a position in a gallery at that metropolis.
"Brief Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 5, 1892, page 3


SID BLOOD


BN CO.

Four-color process

BOSTON PHOTO CAR

    The Boston R.R. Photo Car went north yesterday.
"Brevities," Ashland Tidings, October 25, 1894, page 3


MARTIN D. BOWERS

Gold Hill

F. H. BOYD
    F. H. Boyd, a photographer of Grants Pass, who was formerly in business here, was in the city Wednesday.
"Personal Mention," Oregon City Courier, August 31, 1906, page 5

HENRY J. BOYD
(Eugene 1891, Lebanon 1896-1901, Jacksonville 1901, Ashland 1902, Medford 1902, Ashland 1903-17)
    H. J. Boyd, our photographer, informs us that owing to the bad condition of the roads it will be impossible for him to be in Florence as he expected. He will come later in the season.
The West, Florence, Oregon, June 9, 1893, page 3
Cut This Out.
    It will count you 50 cts. on every $2.00 worth of work, if presented at the Lebanon Art Gallery any time between this date and March 1st, 1896.
H. J. Boyd
Photographer
Lebanon Express, January 16, 1896, page 3
    Boyd the photographer--first-class work.
"S'More Things," Bohemia Nugget, Cottage Grove, April 7, 1899, page 4

    H. D. Boyd has opened a photograph gallery at Ashland. He is a good workman.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, November 14, 1901, page 7
    The firm of Mackey & Boyd was dissolved last month. H. C. still holds forth at the big tent, while his quondam partner is operating at Ashland.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 27, 1902, page 4
    It is a far cry from the "picture gallery" of those days to the modern, up-to-date studio of today, such for instance as that of Mr. H. J. Boyd at 177 East Main Street.
    Mr. Boyd is one of Oregon's native sons, and learned his business under one of the state's best photographers, has since put forth every effort to advance with the times and today is turning out work that is not excelled in large cities.
    He has devoted twenty-four years to photography, eleven years of that time being spent here in Ashland, and we
are confident that his host of satisfied customers in this city and vicinity will bear us out in the statement that he is more than a mere photographer--that he is an artist in the truest sense of the word.
    He specializes in portraiture, but is also prepared to do outdoor view work of all kinds. Mr. Boyd did all the photographic work for the Ashland High School annual this year, and it speaks for itself far more eloquently than we could.
"Boyd's Studio," Business Edition--Ashland Record, magazine supplement, 1912, SOHS M44E3
    H. J. Boyd has rented his studio for a year to Mrs. Wynne Scott of Jules City, Kan. Mr. Boyd will take a needed rest during the term of the lease, having been tied to the studio for 24 years.
"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, June 20, 1912, page 5

    Ashland, Oregon has two new photographers, both Mr. Camps and Mr. Boyd having leased studios there.
Camera Craft, October 1912, page 486
    Wynne Scott, the photographer, who has occupied the Boyd studio for some months past, has leased the room occupied by Madame Dilhan's millinery store and will move her gallery there about June 1. . . . Mr. Boyd, it is reported, will occupy his building himself after Mrs. Scott vacates it.
"For New Gallery,"
Ashland Tidings, April 24, 1913, page 8
Henry J. Boyd ad, June 12, 1913 Ashland Tidings
June 12, 1913 Ashland Tidings
    Boyd the photographer wants two loads of wood. Will pay half cash and half photos.
"Local and Personal,"
Ashland Tidings, September 29, 1913, page 5
    Photographers come and photographers go, but Boyd stays forever. See his ad in this issue.

Ashland Tidings, January 22, 1914, page 1
    O. H. Barnhill and Miss Kirkpatrick of Ashland and Mrs. Parker and daughter of Portland--who are visiting at the Gregory and Yeo homes--form a party that will be taken to Crater Lake Friday by Mr. Boyd, the photographer.
"In the Social Realm," Ashland Tidings, August 14, 1913, page 4

J. N. BOYD (Cottage Grove 1899-1904, Grants Pass 1904-1905)
    Cabinet photos $1.50 per doz. for a few days. Come now, save money. J. N. Boyd, photographer.
"S'More Things," Bohemia Nugget, Cottage Grove, February 23-March 17, 1899, page 4
    Grants Pass is to have the third photographic gallery, the new one to be put in by J. N. Boyd, who comes from Cottage Grove, where he has been in the business for the past three years. But during that time he has had his eye on Grants Pass, and deciding that it has the best future of any town in Southern Oregon and is a town that will have a steady growth and permanent prosperity, he has decided to "pitch his tent in the city of promise" and that he will do in reality for he is unable to secure a room for his purpose. He expects to be ready for business by the first of next week.
"Our Personal Column," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, December 15, 1904, page 5

    J. N. Boyd, who has been in Portland for the past month, whither he went to take the remains of his wife for interment in one of the cemeteries of that city, returned Wednesday to Grants Pass. Mr. Boyd will again resume his photographic business, which he left in charge of A. E. Kaiser.

"The Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, June 16, 1905, page 3

    J. N. Boyd came up from Ashland Monday to turn over his photograph tent to Mr. Bruch [sic--see Branch, below], who will conduct the business in the future. Mr. Boyd is now engaged in the grocery business in Ashland.
"Items of Personal Interest," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, September 15, 1905, page 7


DAVID, PHILIP FRANKLIN and VerNETTE BRAINERD
(1940-82)

WILFLEY STUDIO IS PURCHASED BY PHILIP BRAINERD
    Ray S. Wilfley today announced the sale of his Wilfley Studio and Camera Shop, 40 South Central Avenue, to Philip Brainerd, engraver on the Salem Statesman and son of P. A. Brainerd, at whose photograph studio in Grants Pass he received his early training.
    The new owner will take over the Wilfley business tonight upon his arrival from Portland. Ruth LeClerc, associated with the local studio for ten years, will remain.
    Mr. Wilfley, accompanied by his wife, will return soon to Fairbury, Neb., where he will return to the banking business, which he gave up to come to Medford in May 1938 to take over the Kennell-Ellis studio. The Wilfleys resided at 29 Ross Court. Their daughter, Mrs. Ray A. Young, a bride of last September, will remain here. She and her husband reside at 25 South Orange Street.
    Mr. Wilfley is a member of the Kiwanis Club and the Elks Lodge. He has been a popular worker in civic and club affairs since coming to Medford.
    Mr. Brainerd, before going to the Statesman last June, was photographer and engraver on the Grants Pass Courier. He installed the photoengraving department at the Courier in 1935.
Medford Mail Tribune, November 14, 1940, page 7

Miss Swartsley to Wed Phil Brainerd at February Service
    Mrs. Edith Swartsley of Ashland has announced the engagement and approaching marriage of her daughter, Miss VerNetta, to Phil F. Brainerd, of this city, son of Mr. and Mrs. P. A. Brainerd of Grants Pass.
    The wedding will be an event of February 8.
    Miss Swartsley, who is a graduate of the Ashland High School and worked at the office of the chamber of commerce there, has been employed in the office of the secretary of state in Salem for the past year.
    Mr. Brainerd, the present owner of Wilfley's studio, was graduated from the Grants Pass High School and was a student at the University of Oregon in Eugene, and Oregon State College. For five years he was a photographer with the Grants Pass Daily Courier, and before taking over Wilfley's studio was with the Oregon Statesman in Salem. He was previously with the Artcraft camera shop in Grants Pass.
Medford Mail Tribune, January 9, 1941, page 5
Brainerd Studio Is Sold to J. C. Wilson
    Phil Brainerd, proprietor for the past two years of the Brainerd Studio and Camera Shop, 40 South Central Avenue, announced yesterday the sale of the business to J. C. Wilson of Portland, an experienced photographer, who will assume possession on [omission] and open for business Tuesday. Sale price was not revealed.
    The new owner will engage in portrait photography only, and will bring his own equipment. Brainerd and Mrs. Brainerd will remain here for a few days before moving to Grants Pass, where they will reside until Brainerd leaves to enter the U.S. army signal corps in about two weeks.
Medford Mail Tribune, November 15, 1942, page 5
    Mr. and Mrs. Dave Brainerd and daughters, Jan and Lynn, formerly of 21 South Groveland Avenue, left last week for Petaluma, Calif., where they will make their home. . . . Until recently Mr. Brainerd was associated with his brother, Phil Brainerd, at Brainerd Studios. At Petaluma he will enter the photographic equipment business.
"Brainerds Leave for California; Guests at Parties," Medford Mail Tribune, February 14, 1954, page 2

Brainerd's Photo Studio, Medford, Oregon 1960
1960.
    The studio continues as Brainerd's, but it has been sold to Robert and Joyce Duncan. . . . Brainerd's moved to its present location at 120 E. Main St. in 1955. The grand opening was Sept. 17 that year and more than 2,000 attended, including representatives from the major camera and photographic supply companies, such as Kodak, Argus and Polaroid. The opening was the subject of articles in Rangefinder magazine and Kodak Dealer News.
    All the Brainerds--P.A., Phil, his brother Gordon and his son Phil--are graduates of the Winona, Wisc. Professional School of Photography. Brainerd explained that only experienced professional photographers are admitted to the school. The Brainerds' son, Paul, now is a Kodak vice president.
    The Brainerds lost most of their files of old films when Robinson's Store burned in 1978. The shop received extensive water damage, and only five years of negatives could be salvaged.
    The Duncans come from a small town near Great Falls, Mont. They had a small studio there, handling weddings, portraits and wildlife photography on a freelance basis. Duncan worked for the U.S. Forest Service and had been on a job in the Applegate district a few years ago. When he and his wife saw Brainerd's advertisement for sale in a national photography magazine, they decided to move to Medford and buy the business.
"Brainerd's Photography Has Seen Many Changes," Medford Mail Tribune, January 1, 1982, page C13
Longtime Photographer Philip Brainerd Dead at 81
    Philip Franklin Brainerd, 81, professional photographer in Medford for 60 years, died Tuesday (Jan. 3, 1995) at his home in Rancho Mirage, Calif.
    In 1945, while a master sergeant in the U.S. Army, he was the official photographer for the founding conference of the United Nations in San Francisco. He headed a staff of 54 photographers.
    Mr. Brainerd and his wife, VerNetta, owned and operated Brainerd's, 120 E. Main St., Medford, until retiring in 1982. They moved to Rancho Mirage that year.
    Mr. Brainerd was born Nov. 9, 1913, in Havre, Mont. The family moved to Grants Pass 14 years later, where his father opened a photography shop, Artcraft.
    After graduating from Grants Pass High School, Mr. Brainerd attended Oregon State University, then transferred to the University of Oregon.
    He worked in hs father's business before becoming photographer for the Grants Pass Courier. He later was hired by Charles Sprague, owner of the Salem Statesman.
    In the fall of 1940, Mr. Brainerd bought the Wilfley studio in Medford.
Excerpt, Medford Mail Tribune, January 13, 1995, page B2
Brainerd's Photo Studio, Medford, Oregon 1964
1964.

J. W. BRANCH PHOTO STUDIO

    J. N. [sic] Boyd came up from Ashland Monday to turn over his photograph tent to Mr. Bruch [sic], who will conduct the business in the future. Mr. Boyd is now engaged in the grocery business in Ashland.
"Items of Personal Interest," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, September 15, 1905, page 7
    Go to Branch's Studio (Big Tent) for pictures and frames.
"Some Bargain Pointers," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, November 17, 1905, page 4
     Having moved to the Hammock Studio on Sixth Street, opposite the post office, I would be pleased to have my old customers to continue with me, and I will appreciate as many new ones as I can accommodate. I will make you anything from a stamp picture up to one 40x60 inches. Thanking you for your past patronage and thanking you in advance for your future support, I am respectfully,
BRANCH PHOTO STUDIO.       
"Some Bargain Pointers," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, April 12, 1907, page 5
Christmas Photos.
    Xmas photos made at Branch's Photo Studio opposite post office are hard to beat for Xmas presents. His freehand paintings, crayon works are fine. His products are sent to New York, Massachusetts, Norway, Austria and Germany. His is the finest equipped little studio on the coast. Satisfaction guaranteed. See?
Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, December 6, 1907, page 5
    Miss Helen [sic] Loveridge has sold her photograph studio on Sixth and H streets to J. W. Branch and will go to Eugene to live with her father.
"Items of Personal Interest," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, April 10, 1908, page 5

    H. C. Mackey, the new proprietor of the Branch Studio, has taken hold of his work in this city and is enjoying a rush of business. Mr. Mackey is well known in this valley as a photographer, having for many years conducted a studio at Medford, where his excellent work drew much attention. He has made a study of the newest and best methods employed in his profession and in putting these methods into practice is able to produce photographs which are not excelled anywhere. Those wishing photos with the pose just right and the workmanship perfect will be pleased with the results of a visit to his studio on Sixth Street.
Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, October 23, 1908, page 1

EMIL BRITT (1878-circa 1915)
    Emil Britt is expected back from San Francisco soon to take charge of Peter Britt's photographic gallery in this place. Emil is said to be a first-class artist now, having studied under the masters in San Francisco.
"Local Items," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, April 21, 1883, page 3
    Emil Britt returned from San Francisco on last Sunday's stage. He will remain here now and assist his father in the photographing business.

"Local Items," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, October 27, 1883, page 3


PETER BRITT
(1852-1905)
    PHOTOGRAPHIC ALBUMS.--Among all the parlor ornaments and expedients for investing home with additional sacredness, which fashion fabricates from time to time, nothing meets so many wants as the photographic album. With its rich binding it gives a literary air and makes a beautiful display upon a table, and, better than that, it preserves the counterfeit presentiment of those whose forms and memories are hallowed by love and friendship. Mr. Peter Britt, our skillful resident artist, can accommodate you.
Semi-Weekly Sentinel, Jacksonville, April 15, 1863, page 2
    Photographic--At no place in town can you enjoy yourself so well for an hour or two as at Peter Britt's Photography Rooms. Hundreds of familiar faces greet you on every side, and make you feel at home. Mr. Britt has just received from San Francisco a beautiful stereoscope giving a large number of fine views, from every part of the world.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, July 30, 1864, page 3
October 1, 1864 Oregon Intelligencer, Jacksonville
October 1, 1864 Oregon Intelligencer, Jacksonville
    Peter Britt, photographic artist, is prepared to take pictures in every style of the art with all the late improvements. If pictures do not give satisfaction, no charges will be made. Call at his new gallery, on the hill, examine his pictures, and sit for your likeness.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, March 25, 1865
Peter Britt ad, August 22, 1867 Oregon Sentinel
August 22, 1867 Oregon Sentinel
    FOR ROGUE RIVER.--P. Britt left for the Rogue River Falls on Thursday morning. He took his photographic apparatus with him, and intends taking photographs of the falls and other scenery. Jackson County abounds in romantic scenery, which would be a credit to any work containing it.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 7, 1874, page 3
    The last number of the West Shore contains a picture of Rogue River falls from a photograph by Peter Britt, of this place.
Oregon Sentinel, September 5, 1877, page 3

    P. Britt left for the Lake country, via Lake of the Woods, this week. He will take photographic views of the scenery as he proceeds and will be absent for several weeks.
"Personal Notes,"
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 1, 1879, page 3
    [A pair of thieves] were photographed by P. Britt yesterday, in response to a telegram from the railway authorities, L. R. Fields, the general traffic superintendent, thinking they are responsible for other crimes in which the railroad is interested.
"Car Thieves Caught," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, March 13, 1891, page 3
    P. Britt & Son took a number of photographs during the 4th of July, which are first-class.

"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 14, 1893, page 3
    Several of the Chinese residents of Jackson County were in town during the past few days, having their photographs taken by P. Britt & Son so that they can be properly registered by the federal officials.
Democratic Times, January 11, 1894, page 3

BROCK (1892)
    The Logan photograph gallery at Ashland has passed into the hands of artist Brock and wife of Astoria, who will operate it in the future.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 5, 1892, page 3
    Mrs. Hattie Logan of Portland was at Ashland last week, making arrangements for the renting of her photograph gallery at the granite city to an Astoria gentleman, who is now in charge.
"Personal Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 12, 1892, page 2

BROWN PHOTO COMPANY

    Remember, until Oct. 21st you can get six finest cabinet photos for only $1; one dozen, $1.50 at Brown & Co.'s gallery. (These are special rates to advertise our work.)
Ashland Tidings, October 22, 1894
 
    The Brown Photo Company, to accommodate people who could not get sittings last week, will continue their low rates until next Wednesday, Oct. 31st, viz. 6 finest cabinet photos $1, or 1 dozen for $1.50.
"Brevities," Ashland Tidings, October 25, 1894, page 3


JEROME BROWN
(1949)
Photographer Needs Babies
    Jerome Brown, Medford photographer, today asked for Ashland babies as subjects for a series of pictorial stories of Mother Goose rhymes. He hopes to sell the completed series to a newspaper syndicate for national distribution.
    The series will be titled "Brown Babies," and include pictures of the youngsters with appropriate captions telling the story. Parents have been invited to contact the Jerome Brown Studio at 233 South Riverside.
Ashland Tidings, February 11, 1949, page 4
    WANTED--Cute babies for photographic illustration. Jerome Brown Studio, 233 S. Riverside. Ph. 8275.
Classified ad, Medford Mail Tribune, Ma4ch 14, 1949, page 10

MILES BROWNRIGG (1901-02)
    Rev. M. Brownrigg, pastor of the Church of Christ at Phoenix, has decided to open a photograph gallery at that place and is erecting a building for that purpose. He was engaged in photography before entering the ministry.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, September 20, 1901, page 7
    The Phoenix photo gallery is now running at full blast and cheap prices for thirty days.

"Phoenix Items," Medford Mail, December 6, 1901, page 3
    Elder M. Brownrigg will soon close his ministerial labors in Phoenix. He desires to finish his college course, and this cannot be done while his time is taken up in preaching. Besides this he is badly afflicted with nervousness caused by too much worry and hard study. He will try to finish his course in one year and will take photos at the same time to defray his expenses.

"Phoenix Items," Medford Mail, December 13, 1901, page 3
Photo Outfit Sale Cheap.
    Regular 8x10 (portrait) camera, lens, shutter, background, headrest and etc. Apply to M. Brownrigg, Phoenix, Oregon.
Medford Enquirer, April 19, 1902, page 5


BRUBAKER AERIAL SURVEYS

Portland, Oregon

BRUNO STUDIO
(1940-41)

WILBUR BUSHNELL STUDIO
(Ashland 1931-1948)
    In July of 1931, Mr. Bushnell first came to Ashland. Having recently graduated from school, he was anxious to get a start in business, so purchased the Hinthorne studio, which was located in the Peil building on the corner of the Plaza and Winburn Way. Competition was strong at this time, and the country was suffering from depression years.
    Six months later Bushnell closed [the] studio in the Plaza and went to work for the Darling Studio, which was located where the Bushnell Studio and Camera Store now is. After six months with the Darlings, he went back to the Plaza shop and four months later made arrangements to buy out the business interests of the Darlings. . . .
    Mr. Bushnell was raised in Eugene and took two years of electrical engineering at Oregon State College. From Corvallis he returned to Eugene, where he attended the University of Oregon school of architecture for five years and was awarded his degree.
"Modern Equipment Enables Bushnell Studio to Handle Photographic Needs," Ashland Tidings, February 12, 1948, page 5

C.T. AMERICAN ART COLORED
(for Curt Teich; q.v.)
Chicago. White border, matte, tinted

CALIFORNIA STUDIO
(1925-27)
Anderson Buys California Studio
    A. J. Anderson, who has had a lease on and operated the California Studio, has purchased the same and changed the name to Anderson's Studio. It is located upstairs at 128 East Main Street.
    Mr. Anderson is an experienced photographer of several years [and] will specialize in portraits but is equipped to do all kinds of commercial work, enlarging, Kodak finishing and color work.
Medford Mail Tribune, March 17, 1927, page 10

FRANK L. CAMPS
(Olympia, Washington 1891, Ashland 1893-1917)
Photography.
    Mr. F. L. Camps, recently from Olympia, Wash., has arrived in Ashland and has associated himself in the photography business with Mr. Geo. H. Tyler. These gentlemen can be found at the old established Tyler stand in Myer Block, where they will be pleased to accommodate all wanting anything in the photographic line.
Ashland Tidings, May 26, 1893

Married.
CAMPS-LOGAN--At the residence of the bride's parents, Mr. and Mrs. Reeser, Sunday morning, July 12th, by Rev. George N. Annes, F. L. Camps and Mrs. Hattie M. Logan, both of Ashland.
    The wedding ceremony was performed in the presence of the family and the couple left almost immediately on the southbound train for San Jose, Cal., where Mr. Camps contemplates engaging in the photography business.
Ashland Tidings, July 13, 1896

    Mr. and Mrs. F. L. Camps have returned to Ashland, after an absence in California for some time. They will take charge of their former photograph gallery.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 29, 1898, page 3
    You can get photo-buttons at Camps' studio--right prices.
"Brevities," Ashland Tidings, January 29, 1900, page 3
F. L. Camps, December 31, 1914 Ashland Tidings
December 31, 1914 Ashland Tidings
F. L. Camps To Build.
    A handsome two-story brick block will in the near future, replace the wooden building now occupied by F. L. Camps with his photograph gallery. The preliminary drawing which Mr. Camps is now having made by architect F. C. Clark show a front elevation the peer of any building now in Ashland, and one which will be fully in keeping with the sightly spot where it will be located. The block will have a frontage of 46 feet by a depth of 70 feet, and the lower floor will be occupied by a store. On the second floor, besides Mr. Camps' gallery, there will be four office rooms. The store room is already practically leased.
Ashland Tidings, December 14, 1903
    Mr. L. W. Marble . . . has leased the Camps Studio of this city and is now prepared to serve the people of Ashland. . . .
"New Studio," Ashland Tidings, July 25, 1912, page 4

    Ashland, Oregon has two new photographers, both Mr. Camps and Mr. Boyd having leased studios there.
Camera Craft, October 1912, page 486


CANYON PUBLISHING CO.

Canyonville, Oregon

CARDINELL-VINCENT

San Francisco; mfd. in Germany. "CV Co." logo

SPENCER T. ST. GEORGE CAREY
(1897)
    S. T. St. George Carey not long since succeeded in reaching Crater Lake, and secured a number of photographs of that great scenic wonder in its winter garb.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 17, 1898, page 3
WINTER TRIP MADE TO CRATER LAKE IN 1897
Daring Englishman Takes First Photographs of Famous Body of Water
in Winter Time and Almost Perishes on Return Journey.

    KLAMATH FALLS, Or., May 6.--(Special.)--That Crater Lake was visited in the dead of Winter 14 years ago last January and pictures taken of the lake and precipitous sides of the crater when the country about the lake was covered with snow more than 12 feet deep is proved by a number of photographs owned by Mrs. Frank Ward, of this city.
    A few days ago Mrs. Ward read in the Medford papers of the return to that city of Benjamin F. Heidel, government engineer, who has charge of the location of trails and roads in the Crater Lake National Park, and others of that city, who had made the trip on snowshoes to the crater and secured the "first" pictures ever made in winter time of that great natural wonder.
    To show that the Medford party had not taken the first winter photographs Mrs. Ward shows more than a half dozen pictures of the lake taken from many different places around the rim. These show the lake in winter garb with everything hidden by deep snow except the shape of the surrounding bluffs, Phantom Ship and the island in the midst of this body of water. The pictures also prove that although the temperature was then from 8 to 15 degrees below zero, the lake was perfectly free from ice. On the back of one of the photographs notations were made by the man who made this perilous journey and took the pictures, which were dated January 4, 1897.
    These pictures were taken by S. B. St. George Carey [sic], an Englishman, who was spending the winter of 1897 in Klamath Falls, and who was a guest of a boarding house conducted by Mrs. Ward. Mr. Carey left here accompanied by a companion for the rim of the crater. He said he would be back within .a given time, but was gone several days over the date specified, and a searching party was being organized here and [also] one to go from Fort Klamath, 22 miles this side of the crater, to search for him, when he returned to the Fort almost exhausted from his hard trip. His hands and face were badly frozen.
    The following spring he left Klamath Falls and returned to London, England, where he had the pictures developed. He sent 13 of these different views to Mrs. Ward.
    Mr. Carey was the scion of a wealthy family, and later returned to Newcastle, Cal., where he now resides. Following his perilous journey to Crater Lake, he wrote several articles, which were published in some of the leading magazines.

Sunday Oregonian, Portland, May 7, 1911, page 60

CASE
(1891)
See McBride & Case
    Case, the eastern Oregon photographer, will open a gallery in Medford in a short time.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 24, 1891, page 3

ED. L. CHAPPEL/CHAPALE
(1902)

    G. W. Mackey has leased the Elite Studio, in the Hamlin block, and expects to at once open a photograph gallery there. He will continue to operate the gallery in the Adkins block. Ed. Chappel, a photographer from Kansas, will have charge of Mr. Mackey's new gallery.

"City Happenings," Medford Mail, October 10, 1902, page 7
    E. L. Chapale has sold his interest in the photograph gallery to F. H. Hull.

"Local News Notes," Medford Success, December 16, 1902, page 1

CHICAGO PORTRAIT CO.

    Those of our readers who have any pictures they desire enlarged will do well to call at this office and see samples and get prices. We are taking orders for the well-known Chicago Portrait Company and can guarantee the work to be entirely satisfactory. They have done lots of work through the country here about and their work speaks for itself.
"Personal and Local," Gold Hill News, September 9, 1899, page 5

    Lin Purdin and Roy Richardson are over in Coos County selling pictures for the Chicago Portrait Company.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, September 13, 1901, page 7
    George S. Parker left Wednesday evening for Tacoma, Wash., where he has accepted a lucrative position with the Chicago Portrait Company, under John Devlin, formerly of Jacksonville, who is superintendent of the Pacific Coast agency for the company.

"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, October 18, 1901, page 6
    J. H. Devlin, who has been acting as Washington state manager for the Chicago Portrait Co., spent a few days at his old home on Applegate last week.

"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, June 26, 1903, page 6

CLASSIC STUDIO (1956-67)
Dwaine E. and Janet L. Smith

Clevenger 1904-11-10p3RRCourierCHARLES L. CLEVENGER (Grants Pass 1880s-1907)
    Chas. Clevenger, formerly of this city, now operating a photograph gallery at Grants Pass, is very highly spoken of by the Grants Pass papers on account of his work as a photographer.
"Brief Mention," The Plaindealer, Roseburg, July 14, 1898, page 3
    Sunday evening, August 28th, 1898, at the home of the bride's parents in this city, Mr. Charles Clevenger and Miss Sarah A. Wimberly, Rev. S. A. Douglas officiating.
    Mr. Clevenger has a host of friends in Roseburg, where he was formerly connected with the Electric Light Company, and afterwards learned photography with H. D. Graves, of this city. He is an expert photographer, one of the best on the coast. Mr. Clevenger is now in the photograph business at Grants Pass, where he has made a reputation as a first-class artist, and enjoys a successful business.
"Married," The Plaindealer, Roseburg, August 29, 1898, page 3
    Clevenger has some very unique souvenir photographs of Grants Pass and vicinity, bound in booklet form. They make a very appropriate Christmas present for a friend, and can be easily mailed. Call and see them.
"Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, November 29, 1900, page 3
    C. L. Clevenger made some flash light exposures after the cantata Wednesday evening and secured two very good negatives of the chorus.

"Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, December 13, 1900, page 3
    Clevenger's cabinet of child's photos at the Layton Hotel corner is a very interesting study and shows that the artist has a peculiar talent for obtaining the finest results in the portraiture of the little people as well as those of larger growth. Mr. Clevenger is a photographer who is observant and progressive, and he is doing some fine work.

"Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, March 7, 1901, page 3
    C. L. Clevenger, the photographer, returned last week from Placer and vicinity, where he has been making a collection of views and incidentally recording the countenances of the people of that district. He established quite a complete gallery at Placer while he remained there, being well equipped with tents and all paraphernalia for operating.

"Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, May 30, 1901, page 3
    C. L. Clevenger attended the convention of photographers last week at Portland. He took with him a splendid collection of Southern Oregon mining and scenic views which will be on exhibition during the exposition.

"Personal," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, October 10, 1901, page 3
    Probably the largest photograph ever made in Southern Oregon was a panorama photo of the Golden Drift Dam, made by C. L. Clevenger and [which] was sent to Chicago by C. W. Ament as a Christmas present from his son M. C. Ament. The picture was an excellent piece of workmanship; it was six feet two inches long and 20 inches wide and taking in a scope of country not less than half a mile in length along the river, showing the dam and all the property controlled by the Golden Drift Mining Co.

"A Large Photograph," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, December 31, 1903, page 2

    You will find the Clevenger and Loveridge negatives at Branch's Studio opposite P.O.
"Some Bargain Pointers," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, May 29, 1908, page 5


EMANUEL C. CLUTTER
(1889)

    E. C. Clutter of Forest Grove will next week open out in business in the photograph gallery lately occupied by Mrs. Morris, having leased the same from that lady.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, December 5, 1889, page 3
Timeline for E.C. Cutter:
1846 Born in Licking, Ohio, on December 3rd
1860 Lived in Iowa, and his profession was "artist"
1868 Married Frances Drucilla Benjamin (1843-89) in Jasper Co., Iowa
1870 Clutter & Co. in Forest Grove
1883 Married Nancy Louise Burnett (1842-1923) on Sept. 16th
1880s Stayed on Pine Ridge Indian Reservation, photographed Oglala Lakota people
1889 Opened studio in Medford, OR
1890 Photographed Ashland, Grants Pass, and Medford, OR (summer months)
1909 Moved to Venice, CA
1927 Died in Venice, Los Angeles, CA, on June 15th
Forest Grove City Library web site

CLUTTER & MOORE CO.
(1890)

    Clutter & Moore, who have taken the contract to furnish handsome lithograph views of Grants Pass and Medford, were last week engaged in working up Ashland citizens to the point of investing in ten or twenty thousand views of the granite city.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 22, 1890, page 3
     Clutter & Co., the Medford artists, prepared a series of flood photos, showing the Bear Creek bridge when the water was at its highest and Hammon's barn still standing on the further side, and subsequent pictures showing the bridge in various stages of demolition after the barn had fallen.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 13, 1890

    E. Clutter, having raised the required $300 to pay for the work, will soon issue the book of lithographic views of Medford which he has been preparing.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 1, 1890, page 2
    E. Clutter of Medford was in Grants Pass recently endeavoring to get our citizens interested in publishing lithographic views of the place.
"Josephine County Items," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 1, 1890, page 2
    Clutter & Co., the Medford photographers, have dissolved partnership, Frank Wagner continuing the business.

"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 1, 1890, page 3


             
For a Picture of the Town.
    Mr. E. Clutter, the photographer, with E. C. Moore, an experienced and skillful artist, are in Ashland this week for the purpose of making a sketch of a birdseye view of the city, which they will have lithographed if sufficient substantial encouragement be offered them by the citizens. They have been doing Grants Pass and Medford, and judging by the lithographic sample of work done by Mr. Moore for Chehalis, Wash., they will be able to make a handsome picture of Ashland. If the citizens will contribute money enough to purchase 10,000 or 20,000 copies of such a picture and have them circulate din connection with suitable printed matter, it will be an excellent advertisement for the town and valley.
Ashland Tidings, August 15, 1890, page 3
Good Picture of Ashland.
    Mr. E. Moore, the artist who is here for the purpose of making a birdseye view of the city, has about completed his sketch for the lithographer, and has made a picture which from all that can be judged by a sketch of this kind, will show a handsomer town than any of the lithographic views of any of the towns of the state. Such a picture of Ashland will be worth much to the town and valley as an advertisement to the world of what is being done in Southern Oregon; and with views of some of the handsome residences and business blocks around the margin, as such pictures are usually gotten up, the picture will be one which the citizens of Ashland will take pride in sending to their friends in distant regions. It is to be hoped that a large number of the views will be ordered and sent abroad.
Ashland Tidings, August 22, 1890, page 3
The Picture of Ashland.
    A comparison of the sketch of Ashland just made by the artist, Mr. E. Moore, with the lithograph of the town as it was seven or eight years ago, shows a wonderful improvement in the period that has intervened between the two sketches. The new sketch will make a handsome lithograph, and it may be made a most valuable advertisement for the town. Mr. Clutter is now making a canvass for subscriptions for copies of the picture, and it is to be hoped a large number of orders will be given. Every picture sent abroad with the proper amount of reading matter will be a good advertisement for the town and valley.
Ashland Tidings, August 29, 1890, page 3
    Clutter & Co., the Medford artists, prepared a series of flood photos, showing the Bear Creek bridge when the water was at its highest and Hammon's barn still standing on the farther side, and subsequent pictures showing the bridge in various stages of demolition after the barn had fallen.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 13, 1890, page 3
    E. Clutter, having raised the required $300 to pay for the work, will soon issue the book of lithographic views of Medford which he has been preparing.

"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 1, 1890, page 2

JOHN A. COFFER
(1980)
Tintype artist (MMT9/26/1980)

COLLINS ART STORE

    The Collins Art Store, consisting of $2300 stock, was recently purchased by D. S. Wood and son. Mr. Wood was formerly of the East, but has been located in Medford for the past three years and has represented an eastern photo company, which does very good work in all kinds of enlarging and pillow top work. In connection with the art store, Mr. Wood will still remain as an agent for the company and the work can be had at the store, where it will be framed if desired. All work is guaranteed, and Mr. Wood and son request their patrons to call and see them in their new home.
Medford Mail Tribune, January 8, 1913, page 4

COMMERCIALCHROME
White border matte tinted

ELDRED W. CORLEY
(1935-41)
    Eldred W. Corley, who has been conducting a photographic studio at his residence on South Riverside, has moved his studio to 215 East Main Street, over Swem's. Mr. Corley, who had ten years' experience in Portland and Eugene studios before entering this field, will carry on his business under the name "Corley Photos."
"Corley's Studio in New Location," Medford Mail Tribune, November 3, 1935, page 12

J. H. COYLE & WILLIAM G. CUTBERTH
(Medford 1893)
    A good, live, progressive city of over 2,000 people and no photographer--that's Medford.

Editorial, Medford Mail, July 21, 1893, page 2
    Last week we said that Medford had no photographer--this week we have two. In the face of this there are perhaps those who will say advertising doesn't pay.
Editorial, Medford Mail, July 28, 1893, page 2
     Messrs. J. H. Coyle and W. G. Cutberth, of Stockton, Calif., have opened a photographer's gallery in Medford--in the Hamlin block on Seventh Street. They are both married men, and their families are with them, and all propose to remain permanently. Work is coming in fairly well, and they feel correspondingly encouraged. They are said to be first-class artists, and such being the case they deserve our patronage.
"All the Local News," Medford Mail, July 28, 1893, page 3

    Medford has no photographer--just think of it! A city with a population of over two thousand people and no photographer. The Mail editor is not so handsome that he desires particularly to be focused, but there are a whole lot of good-looking girls and boys, whose ages range all the way from the cradle to pretty close to the grave, in this city who would look well in a frame, but--no photographer no picture, no picture no frame. If some good, reliable artist will anchor a base right here in Medford and can prove by his work that he is a workman worthy of the hire, he will do a good business. No fakes need apply--our people have been bilked quite aplenty.
Medford Mail, September 8, 1893, page 2


H. S. CROCKER CO., INC.

San Francisco 1, Calif.

SAMUEL B. CROW
    S. B. Crow, who for the past two years has had a picture gallery opposite the courthouse, has moved to his fine new establishment in Kinney's building almost opposite St. Mary's Hospital. . . . Mr. W. A. Bell of San Francisco is associated with him; his long experience in the best galleries of the metropolis will be of value to those who wish to secure the shadow ere the substance fades.
"First-Class Photograph Gallery," Daily Morning Astorian, June 14, 1884, page 3
    I also applied to Dr. Aborn one month ago. I soon found relief. My ear now feels as well as it ever did, and my hearing is restored. I have resided at Astoria for eight years and can be referred to. S. B. Crow, Photographer, Astoria, Oregon.
"Hearing Restored," advertisement, Oregonian, Portland, November 2, 1890, page 7
    The name of S. B. Crow is notorious, and it needs but be added that he is the celebrated photographer of Astoria. His place of business is on Third Street, near the Central Hotel, and his work is of such excellence of character that once seen it attracts persons to it. Lifelike and attractive are Mr. Crow's photographs, and if you don't believe go and see him and send a photograph back to your dear old mother.
"Santa Claus Coming," Daily Astorian, December 21, 1890, page 3
    Samuel B. Crow v. Matilda A. Crow, decree for divorce allowed.
"Circuit Court," Hillsboro Independent, July 20, 1894, page 3
    The Gregory studio has been sold to S. B. Crow of Portland, an experienced photographer. Mrs. Gregory will move to Long Beach, where she will open a studio.

"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, February 28, 1913, page 6

JAMES P. CROXALL
    James P. Croxall . . . recently sent the T.P.A. Magazine, published by the Travelers' Protective Association of America, a photograph of Ashland Falls, and has received word that it will be used on the front page of the magazine for February.
"Ashland Falls As Title Page," Ashland Tidings, January 19, 1914, page 1    Croxall may not have taken the photograph referred to.

WILLIAM G. CUTBERTH (Medford 1893, Spokane 1901, Portland 1902-16, Tacoma 1905-08, Sacramento 1912)
See Coyle & Cutberth


CARL C. DARLING
(1918-33)
    Mrs. W. E. Darling of Gold Hill has come to Ashland to make her home with her son, photographer C. C. Darling.

"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, June 13, 1919, page 5
Carl Darling ad, May 14, 1926 Ashland Daily Tidings
May 14, 1926 Ashland Daily Tidings

J. H. DAVIS
    J. H. Davis and family left Tuesday for Klamath Falls, at which place Mr. Davis will engage in photography.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, July 18, 1902, page 6

FRANK and JUNE DEMENT
    Frank and June Dement have established their firm in the Rogue River Record office on Broadway Street and will sell photo supplies, do commercial developing and do commercial and portrait photography. They came here a month ago from Eugene, where Dement was a student at the university.
"Rogue River Has New Businesses," Medford Mail Tribune, May 9, 1947, page 7

CHARLES A. DeSCHENKA
New Photographer Wyoming Mayor
    The Hartville (Wyo.) Uplift mentions the following in regard to Mr. DeSchenka, who left there for Salem some time ago, and who has now opened up the Camps Studio: "C. A. DeSchenka and daughter, Daisy, departed Wednesday evening for Salem, Ore., where Mr. DeSchenka expects to locate. Mrs. DeSchenka and family will join him after the holidays. The people of Hartville feel that they have lost a valuable citizen in Mr. DeSchenka. He was prominent in the politics of the town and had served as mayor and city clerk. He also edited the Hartville Uplift until it came under the present management. His many friends wish him every success in his new location."
Ashland Tidings, December 21, 1914, page 8

ORVIL DODGE
(Jacksonville 1862 and 1864-65, Roseburg 1867, Oakland 1871, Myrtle Point 1880s)
    New Photograph Rooms at Phoenix, Oregon, where artistic and life-like pictures are being taken, unsurpassed for beauty of outline and touch of finish and in the latest and most improved style of the art. Old pictures copied, improved, and rendered imperishable.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, February 13, 1864
    ORVIL DODGE would announce to the Ladies and Gentlemen of Jacksonville and vicinity that he has permanently located in Jacksonville for the purpose of taking pictures in all the improved art of Photography, and would respectfully solicit a share of the public patronage.
    ROOMS opposite P. J. Ryan's New Brick.
    Jacksonville, December 23d, 1864.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, April 29, 1865, page 4
    Mr. Orvil Dodge desires to say that he will close his photograph gallery one week from next Monday, as he leaves for Ft. Klamath at that time. Those desiring to get good pictures at reduced rates should avail themselves of this opportunity.

Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, June 3, 1865, page 2

    ORVIL DODGE would announce to the Ladies and Gentlemen of Jacksonville and vicinity that he has received an invoice of new stock, rearranged his gallery and is now permanently located in Jacksonville for the purpose of taking pictures in all the improved art of Photography, and would respectfully solicit a share of the public patronage.
    ROOMS opposite P. J. Ryan's New Brick.
    Jacksonville, June 24th, 1865.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, July 1, 1865, page 3


DUNLAP & BAILEY
(1902)
    Geo. A. Dunlap and Lester Bailey, two excellent photographers, have gone to Josephine County on business connected with their profession. They never fail to please.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 23, 1902, page 1
    Geo. Dunlap, the expert photographer, was in town Thursday. He is operating in Josephine County with Lester Bailey and doing well.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville,
November 6, 1902, page 2


GEORGE A. DUNLAP (1900-02)
    For stamp photos see Mackey & Dunlap. 24 for 25 cents.

Medford Mail, September 21, 1900, page 6

    Mackey & Dunlap for superior photos. Always the best and prices O.K.

"City Happenings," Medford Mail, September 21, 1900, page 7

    Ed. Weston, who has been conducting the Medford photograph gallery with G. W. Mackey, has retired and is succeeded by Geo. Dunlap of Phoenix.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 27, 1900, page 3

    G. W. Dunlap and P. M. Kershaw, photographers, have been taking several fine views of Medford streets, also some birdseye views of the town. These they find are taking well among our townspeople, and they are selling many of them.
"Additional Local," Medford Mail, April 19, 1901, page 2

    Messrs. P. M. Kershaw and G. A. Dunlap left this week for the Waldo country, where they will do photography for a couple or three weeks.

"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, March 28, 1902, page 6

    Messrs. Kershaw and Dunlap, who are excellent photographers, are in Josephine County with their outfit, to remain several weeks.
"Southern Oregon News," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, April 3, 1902, page 1
    G. A. Dunlap, a well-known photographer formerly of this city, but who is now an honest granger owning a fine ranch on the Applegate near Murphy post office, was in Phoenix over Sunday, visiting with his relatives, and Monday he was in Medford greeting his old-time friends.

Medford Success, December 16, 1902, page 1
    Geo. A. Dunlap, the well-known photographer, who is now farming in Josephine County, has been visiting in Medford and Phoenix.
"Personal Mention,"
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, December 24, 1902, page 2

ROBERT H. and G. A. DUNLAP (ca. 1870)
    The 1870 census lists Robert H. Dunlap, 30, born in Michigan, as a photographer in Applegate precinct.

    G. A. Dunlap, a well-known photographer formerly of this city, but who is now an honest granger owning a fine ranch on the Applegate near Murphy post office, was in Phoenix over Sunday, visiting with his relatives, and Monday he was in Medford greeting his old-time friends.
Medford Success, December 16, 1902, page 1


EASTMAN'S STUDIO
(1907-80s)
Jervie H. Eastman, 1880-1969

EDDY
(Oregon City 1910-47+)
Ralph J. Eddy, Lillian Eddy, Watson B. Eddy

Ralph J. Eddy 1909-10-2p4EnterpriseNews-Record
October 24, 1909 Enterprise, Oregon News-Record

ELITE STUDIO (1901-03)
See J. W. Hunter, James Owings, E. L. Chapale, Frank Hull, George Mackey, Frank Redden

    The tone of the picture and the smoothness is why the people are talking about the Elite Studio's work, can't be beat.
    The photos that come from the Elite are so smooth and fine, nicely retouched, that's what opens the eyes of the people.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, May 24, 1901, page 7
    Reduced rates on photos at the Elite Studio in Medford. In order to thoroughly introduce our work to the public, we will for a time make cabinets for $1.50 per dozen. Satisfaction guaranteed or no pay. Yours for fine work, Elite Photo Company.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, May 9, 1902, page 7

    Frank Redden returned Monday from Jacksonville and the Applegate country, where he has been in the interests of the Elite Studio. He reports very good success on this, his first trip.
    F. H. Hull, of the Elite Studio, is having an entire new set of backgrounds made. The largest one will be 10 feet high and 15 feet long, large enough for any group which can be accommodated in the studio.
"City Briefs," Medford Success, February 10, 1903
     The Elite Studio has had a change of management this week. F. H. Hull has bought the studio for the present month, but has secured the services of G. W. Mackey for the finishing work. The deal was completed last Wednesday and Mr. Hull took charge at once. On Thursday Frank Redden began soliciting orders for the studio and Mr. Hull expects to have others and start out himself soon, expecting to do everything possible to increase the business of the Elite. Frank is a hustling, energetic young man and deserves the patronage of the public.
"City Briefs," Medford Success, February 10, 1903, page 2

 
PERRY ELLIS
(Prospect 1893-96, Central Point 1896, Hillsboro 1899-ca.1902)
    Perry Ellis and wife last week returned to the valley and proceeded to Prospect, where they will operate a photograph gallery during the summer season.
"Central Point Pointers," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 9, 1893, page 2
    Mr. Ellis is a photographer and has many fine views of the upper Rogue River and its falls, as well as many others of the beautiful scenery which abounds thereabouts.

"Purely Personal,"
Medford Mail, June 29, 1894, page 3
    Our photographer, Perry Ellis, will visit Crater Lake soon to enjoy a holiday and secure views of the grand and rugged scenery there.
"Prospect Pointers," Medford Mail, August 31, 1894, page 4
    Perry Ellis, the Prospect scenic photographer, was in Medford Tuesday. The gentleman has taken many beautiful pictures of Crater Lake and upper Rogue River country and is now offering them for sale.

"Purely Personal,"
Medford Mail, November 16, 1894, page 3
    Photographer Perry Ellis has been splitting a large number of rails, to be used in fencing Miss Kittie Ellis' farm.

"Prospect Pointers," Medford Mail, February 21, 1896, page 2
    The following young men will not live single longer if they can help it. They desire to correspond with ladies matrimonially inclined. Will positively answer every letter received. Photos exchanged. Each of these young men have property and money. Perry Ellis--photographer, age 30, dark hair and mustache (Perry is almost a handsome man), 5 feet 9 inches, 150 pounds. Ren Green--wavy, dark brown hair, small mustache, age 22, weight 175, 5 feet 9 inches tall. George Stockton--light brown hair and small brown mustache, 5 feet 8¾ inches tall, 138 pounds, prominent nose.

"Prospect Pointers," Medford Mail, March 20, 1896, page 2

    Perry Ellis, the Prospect photographer, was in the metropolis last week exhibiting some of his excellent views of the fine scenery of the upper Rogue River country. The gentleman has some most excellent views of the magnificent scenery along the Rogue River--and of these he has a large supply with which to supply the visiting Mazamas. There is, without a doubt, no more beautiful scenery anyplace in Oregon than is found along the Rogue River, and nearly all these points of interest will be pointed out to the Mazamas in their trip from Medford to Crater Lake in August.
"Purely Personal,"
Medford Mail, June 26, 1896, page 8
    We up here are all just a little proud of each other. In this connection, we're all proud of the work done by photographer Ellis, which is unequaled. He is still enlarging his collection of views, which includes some of the wildest and grandest of scenes. He is just now taking several more views about Crater Lake. Messrs. Moore, Beauregard and Stockton had him secure likenesses of their respective farms recently, and Beauregard had a photograph of his famous inlaid wood frame taken.

George Stockton, "Prospect Pointers," Medford Mail, July 24, 1896, page 5

    Photographer Ellis' business cards are quite noticeable up and down the road--as to the quality and neatness--bearing Mail office style of print about them. Perry's work in the photograph line is of the same good quality.
George Stockton, "Prospect Pointers," Medford Mail, September 25, 1896, page 3
    Perry Ellis, of Prospect, purchased from C. W. Palm this week lot five in block twenty-two, on D Street, and will build thereon soon. He is figuring on erecting a two-story brick house arranged so as to enable him to use part of it for a photograph gallery. The price paid for the lot was $200.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, November 13, 1896, page 7    Lot 5 was on Central, not Front. I don't know if Ellis actually built on the lot.

    Perry Ellis has opened a photograph gallery at Central Point in Mrs. Barnard's old stand, and will locate there for the winter. Owing to his inability to haul his lumber from Prospect this winter, on account of the conditions of the roads, he has decided not to build on his recently purchased lots in Medford until spring, at which time he will erect a gallery and locate there.

"News of the City," Medford Mail, December 4, 1896, page 7
    Perry Ellis, the photographer, of Prospect, has leased Mrs. Barnard's gallery for the winter.
"Central Point Items," Medford Mail, December 11, 1896, page 3
    Perry Ellis, the photographer, has quit business at Central Point and will move back to Prospect.
"Prospect Pointers," Medford Mail, January 29, 1897, page 3
    I am now prepared to make photographs in my new studio five blocks east of the court house, corner 7th and Baseline streets. Perry Ellis, Hillsboro, Feb. 22.
Argus, Hillsboro, February 23, 1899

    Perry Ellis, a former Hillsboro photographer, and who knows the art family throughout, was in town from Hillsdale Saturday, accompanied by Mrs. Ellis. He is handling real estate and farming.
The Argus, Hillsboro, June 10, 1909


ELLISON PORTRAIT STUDIO
(1942-59)
Clarence E. Ellison

KENNETH ERSKINE
(1910-12)


EVERGREEN STUDIO
(1942-45)
James W. Wilson, 40 S. Central, Medford
Evergreen Studio Operator Studies Glamor Technique
    Mrs. Ruth Devon of the Evergreen Studio here recently completed a training tour in Hollywood, studying methods of lighting and other effects used by motion picture photographers in putting glamor and action into their still photos. Amos Carr, famous photographer of the film capital, was the instructor.
    The training including photographing many screen and photo stars by Mrs. Devon.
    Mrs. Devon's training course included photographing many screen and radio stars, among them Jane Powell, Kenny Baker, J. O'Farrell McDonald, Jimmy Durante, Donald Woods, Dale Evans and Constance Moore, and also a demonstration in Hollywood photographic makeup.
Medford Mail Tribune, October 15, 1944, page 10
November 19, 1944 Medford Mail Tribune
November 19, 1944 Medford Mail Tribune


ELIAS F. AND RAY EVERITT
(1884-1898)
    Come and see the views of [the] National Park at Everitt's Gallery, Ashland.
"Brevities," Ashland Tidings, September 26, 1884, page 3
Everitt's Gallery, August 1, 1884 Ashland Tidings
Everitt's Gallery, August 1, 1884 Ashland Tidings
    Mr. Everitt, proprietor of the Grants Pass photograph gallery, has been absent for a few days. Mr. Everitt is a first-class artist. His gallery is in the big tent on Sixth Street.
"Local News," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, April 3, 1885, page 3
    Persons who may wish photographs from negatives made by the undersigned while in Ashland can procure them by sending orders to Grants Pass, as the negatives have all been preserved.                                                           E. F. EVERITT.
    Grants Pass, Or., May 29, 1885.
Ashland Tidings, February 5, 1886, page 3
    R. Everitt, of Grants Pass, and Miss Ollie Butler, of this city, were married at Grants Pass on Wednesday of this week. Mr. Everitt is a photographer at Grants Pass, and Miss Ollie, she who is now Mrs. Everitt, is the accomplished daughter of our good townsman and jeweler, B. N. Butler. The happy couple came to Medford Wednesday and remained the day with the bride's parents, returning to Grants Pass in the evening. The Mail is congratulating.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, October 23, 1896, page 7
    Mr. and Mrs. B. N. Butler and daughter, Mrs. R. J. Everitt, took Sunday's delayed train for Colestin to spend a few weeks. R. J. Everitt, the Grants Pass photographer, joined them, coming up on the same train. Mr. Butler returned to Medford Monday evening.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, July 23, 1897, page 6
    Ray Everitt, the photographer, has sold his gallery and is seeking a new location. He is in Medford at present. Success to him wherever he goes.
"Josephine County Items," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 21, 1898, page 2
    E. F. Everitt and Ray are now engaged in the photograph business at Redlands, Calif.
"Personal," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, September 5, 1901, page 3

HARRY FIELD
(1945-51)
Studio in the Leverette bldg.; bought by Robert Arbuckle and Jack C. Moran (q.v.) (MMT11/1/1951p8)

AMASA PLUMMER FLAGLOR
(1878)
    PHOTOGRAPHS.--Mr. A. P. Flaglor is still in Jacksonville, and will remain here two weeks more. We had reason to speak of his ability as an artist, and we are pleased to say that Mr. Flaglor has fully sustained his reputation as an artistic photographer. Mr. Flaglor will visit Ashland, Kerbyville and Roseburg before returning to his home in California. Mr. Flaglor's prices are low and his pictures are the best. Call early.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, August 14, 1878, page 3
    Mr. A. P. Flaglor has removed his photograph gallery to his new and elegant rooms on Second Street, one block below the courthouse, and is now prepared to make all styles of photographs known to the art. The public are invited to visit the gallery. Reader, drop in as you are passing.
The Daily Humboldt Times, Eureka, California, July 1, 1879

ROBERT LACHLAN FORBES (Jacksonville 1865, Eugene 1873-76)
    Mr. Frank Alverson has purchased the photograph gallery for a long time run by R. L. Forbes, and proposes to give us a "new deal."
Oregon State Journal, Eugene, September 2, 1876

FOREMAN STUDIO (1951-55)
Harry and Ruth Foreman

FRYE & SMITH, LTD.

San Diego, California. F&S logo, Kromekote postcards, "color by Bolty"

GANDEE PRINTING CENTER

Medford, Oregon

ROSWELL H. GARDINER
(itinerant: Roseburg area 1887; Victoria, B.C. 1888; Clackamas 1888; Southern Oregon 1887; Hillsboro 1889; Portland 1892-95)
    R. H. Gardiner, photographer, is in our city taking views of residences, etc.
Plaindealer, Roseburg, April 22, 1887, page 3
    Two agents of the Great Eastern photo and advertising company, of which R. H. Gardiner is the manager, are in southern Oregon for a short time, making views along the railroad for advertising purposes. The company wants views of all residences and business places. They will show you the pictures and give you a chance to purchase some if you wish. They are sold in one-half dozen and one dozen lots at low rates. Give them a chance to show up your business.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 3, 1889, page 3

    R. H. Gardiner, the photographer, is still here and doing considerable work in the country.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 31, 1889, page 3
    Mr. Gardiner, the photographer, left Wednesday morning with a wife for Yreka, after having done a large amount of work in this and neighboring towns.
"Medford Items," Ashland Tidings, March 1, 1889, page 3
FINE PHOTOGRAPHS.
    The Great Eastern Photo and Advertising Co. will be in Medford for two weeks only, commencing on May 27, 1889.
    All who desire pictures can now be supplied in the way of FIRST-CLASS PHOTOGRAPHS. Remember that a Thing of Beauty is a Joy forever, and a good Picture of a dear friend is memory's greatest Souvenir. We are prepared to do just as fine picture work as can be done in San Francisco or Portland, at prices ranging from $3.50 to $4.50 for the best cabinet photos ever made in Rogue River Valley. Remember, we do not tarry. When our time is up we go. And how often said and yet how true, that you will never miss the music until the sweet-voiced bird has flown.
    We guarantee satisfaction in every respect and give TWO SITTINGS. Don't think because we are in tents that we do inferior work, as this is not so. The best of light can be obtained in a tent if you know how to work them. From long experience in scientific photographer, and with superior instruments, [we] can do as fine work as produced in the best photograph galleries. Positively we will be in this place but two weeks. Don't miss this chance; come and see for yourselves. Do not stop for rainy or cloudy weather, but come and bring the babies early in the day.
A CHANCE FOR THE LADIES.
    $10 in cash will be presented to the best lady subject out of 50, during our two weeks' stay in Medford. No work done on Sundays.
    Will be in Eagle Point for one week, commencing Monday, June 10, 1889.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 30, 1889 et seq., page 3
    R. H. Gardiner, a photographer from Portland, met with a serious accident while in Cathlamet. While sitting on the door step a chain attached to a yoke of oxen which was going by flew around and caught his right leg below the knee, crushing the muscles and producing a fracture of the leg.
Oregonian, Portland, August 8, 1893, page 4

JONATHAN OTIS GERKING
(1912-16)

    The funeral of Mrs. May Gerking, who died Saturday at her home on North Sixth Avenue, will be held at 10 o'clock this morning from the parlors of Moore & McLellan. Interment will be made in K. of P. cemetery. The deceased came to Phoenix with her husband from Portland, Oregon about four months ago.
Arizona Republican, Phoenix, January 31, 1911
    J. O. Gerking, the best all-around photographer in southern Oregon. Always reliable. Negatives made anywhere, time or place. Studio 228 Main St. Phone 320-J.
"Local and Personal," Medford Sun, January 12-July 1, 1914
    Kodak finishing and all kinds of commercial work by Gerking, the photographer, over M.&M. Department store.

"Local and Personal," Medford Sun, February 13, 1914, page 6
    Have Gerking, over the Model Clothing Store, develop your Kodak films.

"Local and Personal," Medford Sun, June 13, 1915, page 2

    Take those Kodak negatives to Gerking over [the] M.M. Store for developing.
"Local and Personal," Medford Sun, June 2, 1916, page 2
J. O. Gerking, November 4, 1916 Medford Mail Tribune
November 4, 1916 Medford Mail Tribune
    J. O. Gerking, who formerly managed a photograph gallery in Medford, has returned to the city from an extensive stay in eastern Oregon and Klamath Falls. While at Klamath Mr. Gerking, who is a crack rifle shot, was engaged as a guard at one of the lumber mills in that section. He says for a time the feeling against the I.W.W. agitators was intense, and everyone toted a gun.
"Local and Personal," Medford Sun, August 9, 1917, page 2

    J. O. Gerking, the photographer, who was sworn in Tuesday as a temporary policeman to fill the vacancy caused by the resignation of night officer Eugene Amann, is a candidate for the permanent appointment, and in furtherance of his cause has presented a petition to the city council bearing the names of a large number of citizens. The vacancy will not be permanently filled until the next council meeting.
"Local and Personal," Medford Sun, September 20, 1917, page 2

    Former city policeman J. O. Gerking, who resigned his position on the force a week ago, left Medford last night for Portland, where he performs a patriotic duty to Uncle Sam by entering the shipyards and aiding in the construction of war ships. . . . Many friends of the former policeman were at the depot to bid him farewell.
"Local and Personal," Medford Sun, March 31, 1918, page 2
    [The Hoover-Cooper Building fire was a loss to] J. O. Gerking, who had a lot of chemicals and apparatus stored in his former photograph gallery on the second floor.
"Fire Damages Clothing Store, Guts Building," Medford Mail Tribune, September 9, 1918, page 6
    J. O. Gerking, the former Medford photographer and policeman, who for some time has been a member of the Second Company, Oregon Military Police and stationed at Portland, was badly bruised in an auto accident near North Plains, Ore., last Sunday, in which three other fellow members of the state police met with serious injuries. The police detail was being hurried to combat a forest fire at the head of Scappoose River when the accident happened.

"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, September 11, 1918, page 2

GERKING & HARMON
(1913-14)
Jonathon O. Gerking, Loren M. Harmon
    Gerking & Harmon, Commercial Photographers.
Advertisement, Medford Mail Tribune, January 14, 1913, page 2

    Crater Lake photographs pronounced by experts to be the best ever made of the lake at Gerking & Harmon's studio, 128 East Main Street, near First National Bank. Phone 2154. Kodak finishing and enlarging, negatives made any place.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, February 13-20, 1913, page 2
    Gerking & Harmon, studio portraits, home portraits, flash lights, kodak finishing, post card work and enlarging; 128 East Main Street; telephone 215 R.

"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, February 26, 1913, page 2

     Orchard, hunting, fishing and Crater Lake scenes for sale at Gerking & Harmon's studio. Negatives made any place, Kodak finishing. 128 East Main Street. Phone 215 R.
"Local and Personal," Medford Sun, April 6, 1913, page 8; Medford Mail Tribune, June 17, 1913, page 2
    The finest studio in southern Oregon has been opened by Gerking and Harmon at 228 East Main Street, first stairway east of Star Theater. Our work is always the best, views of all kinds for sale. The best of Kodak finishing. Negatives made any time or place. Phone 320-J.
"Local and Personal," Medford Sun, August 9, 1913, page 4
    Crater Lake pictures, a book of 12 pictures, hand colored, the finest ever made of the lake for sale at Gerking and Harmon's studio. Call and see them. 228 East Main Street, phone 320-J.
"Local and Personal," Medford Sun, August 9, 1913, page 4--also Medford Mail Tribune, September 11, 1913, page 5

    Wynne Scott, one of the most up-to-date portrait artists on the Pacific Coast, is taking charge of the portrait department for the Gerking & Harmon Photo Company, 228 East Main Street.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, September 10-October 22, 1913, page 2


GIBBS & WHEELER
(1893-94)
John B. Gibbs
    That Medford is going to have a resident photographer. A Cottage Grove man is now negotiating for gallery rent.

"It Is Whispered Around," Medford Mail, November 3, 1893, page 3
    J. B. Gibbs, a photographer from Oakland, Oregon, is in Medford looking over the city with a view to opening up our photograph gallery. He is a friend of our townsman, W. R. Woolsey.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, December 15, 1893, page 3

    Gibbs & Wheeler are here from Oakland, Oregon, and will open a photographer's gallery in this city. They will lease the old gallery if possible, but whether they do this or not they will remain here and do outside work. The old gallery is now held by lease by Cottage Grove parties but there is no certainty that they will occupy it.

"All the Local News," Medford Mail, December 15, 1893, page 3
    Photographer Gibbs was at Phoenix last Friday and took some fine views of the Phoenix public school building, pupils and teachers.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, February 23, 1894, page 3
    There is a noticeable goneness in the second story of the Halley block. Gibbs & Wheeler, the photographers, have moved to D Street, near Mrs. Brous' residence.

Medford Mail, March 2, 1894, page 3

    Messrs. Gibbs & Wheeler, the photographers, are now prepared to execute the best of work in any and all lines of photographing. Their cabinet photos, as well as all outside work, such as buildings, orchards, stock, etc., is a prime article--and while the work is especially good, the prices are exceedingly low and within the reach of all--hard-time prices for flush-time work. Located on D Street, near Mrs. Brous' residence, Medford, Oregon.

"News of the City," Medford Mail, March 30, 1894, page 3
    J. B. Gibbs, erstwhile Medford photographer, writes from Lewiston, Calif., stating that himself and Wheeler have dissolved partnership, and that he has been having considerable sickness in his family of late.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, September 18, 1896, page 7
    There are a number of our people who remember Mr. Gibbs, of the photograph firm of Gibbs & Wheeler, who conducted a gallery in this city about a year ago, and they will be pleased to learn that he was married last week to Miss Dollie Lease, at French Gulch, California. The bride is an old acquaintance of Marion Tryer, and was at one time a resident of this section.

"News of the City," Medford Mail, September 27, 1895, page 5

LEON A. GLUNTZ

New Portrait Studio Opened in Medford
    A new photographic studio specializing in color portrait work has been opened in Medford, it was announced today by Leon A. Gluntz of Gluntz Photo Studio, now in operation at the J. J. Newberry store here.
    Gluntz, who operates Gluntz Studio in Grants Pass, said that the Medford studio will be a branch of the Grants Pass concern. It will be managed by Ed Shaw and will be located here permanently, Gluntz said.
    The camera used is specifically designed for color portrait work and is the only one of its type in this area, Gluntz said. Only one company manufacturers it, and Gluntz said that he has the exclusive franchise in this area. The portraits are not tinted, he said, but use color film
    Gluntz also plans to open a commercial and engraving department in the near future, he said.
Medford Mail Tribune, November 18, 1949

J. A. GOFF
(1892)
    J. A. Goff has purchased the Medford photograph gallery from McBride & Case. We wish Mr. Goff success in his new venture.
"Local and General," Southern Oregon Mail, June 3, 1892, page 3
J. A. Goff ad, June 3, 1892 Southern Oregon Mail
June 3, 1892 Southern Oregon Mail
    J. A. Goff's photograph gallery sports a fine new sign.
"Local and General," Southern Oregon Mail, June 17, 1892, page 3
    Much better work is being done at the Medford photograph gallery since J. A. Goff became proprietor. His prices are also more reasonable.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 1, 1892, page 2
A Great Offer.
     I will give for the next 30 days one enlarged 11x14 picture, in India ink, with every dozen cabinets.
    J. A. Goff, Photographer, Medford.       
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 23, 1892, page 3
    Cloudy days preferred for taking photographs by our instantaneous process.
J. A. GOFF, Medford, Or.               
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, November 4, 1892, page 3
    A good, live, progressive city of over 2,000 people and no photographer--that's Medford.
Editorial, Medford Mail, July 21, 1893, page 2
    J. A. Goff of Grave Creek, the pioneer miner, called last week. We are sorry to learn that his health is not the best.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 28, 1893, page 3
    John W. Goff, of Grave Creek, formerly a photographer in this city, visited relatives here during the past week.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, July 16, 1897, page 6
    I will not be responsible for any debts contracted or liable to be contracted by my wife, Mary Ethel Goff, as she left my bed and board without just cause or provocation.
JOHN A. GOFF, Leland, Ore.           
"Notice," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, May 18, 1906, page 4
    John A. Goff, 90, died Wednesday in the Parkview Nursing Home. His usual residence was 610 S.E. Riverside.
    Born Sept. 29, 1873 at Sams Valley, he had lived in this area for 86 years. He was a retired section foreman for the Southern Pacific railroad.
Daily Courtier, Grants Pass, July 2, 1964

T. DeWITT GOODPASTURE
(1898-1907)
    T. D. Goodpasture, of Central Point, was in Medford last week, calling upon his many acquaintances. While here he made a canvass of the city in the interest of stereoscopic views which he is selling. He found it pretty hard work getting an opportunity to show his goods. Our people have been flimflammed so many times with cheap, trashy stuff in this line that it is difficult to get them to look at his goods, notwithstanding the fact that they are far superior to anything shown here before. The views are many of them of especial local interest, and as they are made with a view to bringing out every detail clearly--hence exceedingly valuable. Give Mr. Goodpasture an opportunity to show you his views, and you will surely be interested.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, February 9, 1906, page 5

    Portraits, all kinds and prices at The Medford Studio, opposite the post office. Best work and best prices. All work guaranteed. I can please you. Kodak finishing. DEWITT GOODPASTURE.
Southern Oregonian, Medford, July 24, 1898, page 5
    DeWitt Goodpasture, who had opened a photograph gallery across the street from the Mail office, reports that he is doing a fine business, and more is coming to him each day. He is a splendid young man and deserves to do well.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, July 26, 1907, page 4
Something New.
    Under the sun is what all the world is looking for, but fortunate indeed is the one who finds it. But now you have it right here in Medford, and it is well worth your time to go and have a look. Every year men come through here, call on you and get pictures of your loved ones to enlarge. They bring you a picture which they call a perfect likeness of the one you gave them, but which you know full well is not. There is something about it that you do not like, and yet you must take it or have the eyes punched out of the small picture which you sent away, or perhaps lost it entirely.
    There is a NEW gallery in town, run by a man who can make better enlargements than any agent can give you. He will give you plain pictures or one colored in natural, lifelike colors. Go to the gallery, and he will "show you" that his pictures are the best made, and they are the best.
    He makes a specialty of children's pictures. He likes the children, and they like him. He has the best studio in Southern Oregon and the bets equipment. He has the ONLY GOOD group light in town. Call at the Medford Studio if you want something new and up to date.
    Nothing is better for Christmas presents than pictures. Come in now, before the Christmas rush, so that I can guarantee delivery before the holidays. Pictures from 50 cents a dozen to $5 each.
    The Medford Studio, DeWitt Goodpasture, sole proprietor. Remember, Goodpasture makes Goodpictures.
Medford Mail, November 29, 1907, page 1
Opening of Goodpasture's Studio
    The photograph gallery which has been fitted up for occupancy by DeWitt Goodpasture, in the Clay building, over the Model Clothing Company's store, is now ready for use, and on Saturday of this week, October 12th, Mr. Goodpasture will have his opening. The studio is 18x57 feet in size and is said to be one of the best-appointed studios in Oregon south of Eugene. It is supplied with all modern features known to photography, and in it Mr. Goodpasture asserts that he will be able to produce the very best possible results in moder and up-to-date picture making. For one day--Saturday--Mr. Goodpasture will make pictures at half the usual price.
Medford Mail, October 11, 1907, page 5
    The Medford Studio, DeWitt Goodpasture, prop., over Model Clothing Co.
"Social and Personal," Medford Daily Tribune, December 6, 1907, page 3
    T. D. Goodpasture, formerly a real estate dealer in Medford, came in recently from his ranch on Willow Creek. Mr. Goodpasture is putting out a fine orchard.
"Local Briefs," Southern Oregonian, March 4, 1908, page 8
    J. B. Welch, DeWitt Goodpasture and C. J. Anderson were down from Meadows precinct the middle of the week.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, January 13, 1912, page 2

GOVE & MERRILL
(1878-79
    Messrs. Gove & Merrill have been doing a rushing business this week at their photographic tent. They take a new style of picture, called the Ferro photograph, which are not to be excelled. Call soon, as their stay in this place will only be five days longer.
"Random Jottings," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, July 31, 1878, page 4

    After leaving Rock Point Messrs. Gove & Merrill will again visit Ashland.

"Random Jottings," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, August 14, 1878, page 3

    Gove & Merrill, the accomplished photographic artists, are expected here today. They will remain as long as business justifies their staying.
"Local Items," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, August 6, 1879, page 3


GRAYCRAFT CARD CO.

Danville, Va.

S. H. GRAYDON
(Jacksonville 1900)
    S. H. Graydon, the stamp picture artist, who has been taking pictures in Jacksonville for the past week, left for Clatsop Beach Wednesday. He did a large business and gave good satisfaction.
"Jacksonville News," Medford Mail, July 27, 1900, page 6
    S. H. Graydon, a photographer, has opened a gallery in Jacksonville and appears to be doing a good business. His pictures are up-to-date.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, July 20, 1900, page 3

CHARLES P.  GREGORY & SON
    C. P. Gregory & Son, photo publishers, are in the city, getting out an illustrated souvenir of Medford and vicinity and are at present taking views of business houses for this purpose.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail, June 19, 1908, page 5

ELIZABETH W. GREGORY

    Mrs. L. A. Gregory is now ready to resume work in her studio. She will introduce all the newest and most up-to-date ideas in the photo profession.
Medford Mail Tribune, February 5, 1913, page 6

LAWRENCE A. AND ELIZABETH W. GREGORY
(1909-13)
    Photographer Gregory has taken several very fine views of the coal mines, east of Medford. These pictures show actual operations at the mine, and huge blocks of coal corded up like wood at the mouth of the tunnel. There ought to be one or more of these pictures over the desk of every business man in Medford. There is a something about the picture which is interesting—chief among its features is the fact that it is right at Medford's door—and there are mountains of it.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail, April 16, 1909, page 2
    Mrs. L. A. Gregory, wife of photographer Gregory, is having a hairdressing and beauty parlor fitted up in the studio. Mrs. Gregory served three years with Mlle. Carroll of Butte, Mont., in the largest institution of the kind in that state, and thoroughly understands the work.

"Local and Personal," Medford Mail, October 8, 1909, page 5

Lawrence A. Gregory, November 16, 1910 Medford Mail Tribune
Lawrence A. Gregory, November 16, 1910 Medford Mail Tribune

    The educational exhibit prepared by the city schools will be filed and indexed and added to the educational exhibit at the Alaska-Yukon-Pacific exposition. The written work is illuminated by many excellent photographs of local scenes. The photographs, which add so materially to the interest of the written work, are supplied by courtesy of the Commercial Club. The interior views at the schoolhouse are taken by Mr. Gregory, and the ornamental lettering was done by Mr. B. Klum.
Excerpt, "Educational Work Display," Medford Mail, May 21, 1909, page 6
    Mr. and Mrs. Arthur Brown and photographer Gregory were at Butte Falls a couple of days this week. Mr. Gregory was there in a business capacity--that of procuring photographs of Butte Falls, the sawmills and other features of interest--and these for Mr. Dewing, who has large timber holdings there.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail, June 18, 1909, page 2
    Photographer Gregory was in Butte Falls a couple of days this week in a business capacity—that of procuring photographs of Butte Falls, the sawmills and other features of interest.
Medford Mail, July 18, 1909, page 2
    Lawrence A. Gregory, a photographer of this city, at the Spokane National Apple Show won first prize for a display of photographs depicting Rogue River Valley apple scenes. The photographs were "made in Medford" and were very fine. They won over a score of competitors.
Medford Mail Tribune, December 30, 1909, page 1

    A wagon load of 30-pound watermelons was brought to the Allen grocery by S. L. Neal from near Central Point Monday. L. Gregory, a photographer, took a picture of them for the Medford Commercial Club.
"Eggs Go Up to 40 Cents," Medford Mail Tribune, September 14, 1910, page 7
    Gregory's Studio, open Sundays. Photos by Gregory are sensible Xmas gifts.
"Personal Items," Medford Mail Tribune, November 20, 1910, page 5
    L. A. Gregory, the photographer, left this morning for northern California, where he is to do some special photographic work.

"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, April 18, 1911, page 2

    Mr. Landowner, Gregory's panorama pictures have been the greatest factor in the sale of nearly all the large tracts in the valley. Ask the men who sold them.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, May 7, 1911, page 2
    Mrs. L. A. Gregory has returned from a four weeks' trip to California. [She] is now ready to resume work in her studio. She will introduce all the newest and most up-to-date ideas in the photo profession.

"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, February 5, 1913, page 6
    The Gregory studio has been sold to S. B. Crow of Portland, an experienced photographer. Mrs. Gregory will move to Long Beach, where she will open a studio.

"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, February 28, 1913, page 6


W. A. GUNTER
(1929-30)

EDRICK L. GURNEA
    E. L. Gurnea and George Howard left Medford Monday morning for the Crater Lake National Park, at which place they will remain for a couple or three weeks. Mr. Gurnea took his camera with him and, being a scenic photographer of ability, it will be safe to give out that he will return with a great variety of scenes from that natural wonderland. Mr. Gurnea puts the views up in stereoscopic form and has them for sale.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, July 11, 1902, page 6
    Percy DeGroot was at Ashland Wednesday evening in attendance at Chautauqua. He tells that while passing through Talent he saw E. L. Gurnea, formerly superintendent of our light plant, doing photographer's work in a tent. Mr. Gurnea, we understand, is making a tour of Southern Oregon--doing photographic work, especially landscape viewing.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, July 22, 1904, page 5

A. F. HALE
(1889)
    A. F. Hale has succeeded Mrs. Morris in the management of the photograph gallery.

"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 22, 1889, page 3
    A. F. Hale, the expert photographer, has gone to Grants Pass.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 18, 1890, page 3

L. D. HAMMOCK
(Grants Pass 1906-1907)
    J. A. Hammock and two sons, L. B. and L. D. Hammock, of Seymour, Texas, arrived in Medford Thursday. Two of the gentlemen are photographers and one is a printer, and all expect to remain some place in the valley.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, March 23, 1906, page 5
    L. D. Hammock has leased the second floor of the Conklin building opposite the post office and has for the past week or more been busy remodeling and fitting up for a photographic studio, and he now has everything in readiness for work. Mr. Hammock is a photographer who has had a number of years of experience and training in city galleries, and he starts in business with a new outfit purchased from the Grants Pass Photo House.
"A Brief Record of Local Events," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, December 7, 1906, page 7
    On account of the increasing business at Hammock's studio he advertises to take an apprentice at half price. See him on Sixth Street, opposite post office.
"Some Bargain Pointers," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, January 11, 1907, page 5
    Hammock the photographer now has two young lady helpers and can attend to any amount of work promptly. Come and see what we have for you. Opposite post office.

Rogue River Courier,
Grants Pass, March 15, 1907, page 1

     Having moved to the Hammock Studio on Sixth Street, opposite the post office, I would be pleased to have my old customers to continue with me, and I will appreciate as many new ones as I can accommodate. I will make you anything from a stamp picture up to one 40x60 inches. Thanking you for your past patronage and thanking you in advance for your future support, I am respectfully,
BRANCH PHOTO STUDIO.       
"Some Bargain Pointers," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, April 12, 1907, page 5


LOREN M. HARMON (1913-14)
See Gerking & Harmon
   
L. M. Harmon, formerly of Gerking & Harmon's, who has been manager of the gallery for three months, will remain with Mr. Weston.

"Weston Opens Camera Shop," Medford Mail Tribune, February 24, 1914, page 6


JOHN C. HART (1910-11 Ashland)
    Mr. and Mrs. J. C. Hart of Ashland started Friday evening on a trip to Stockton, Kan. to visit relatives. From there on to Kansas City[, then] they will go to Pleasanton, where Mr. Hart will visit his parents and his old home. They expect to be gone two months.
"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, September 24, 1914, page 5
    FOR SALE--Piano and household goods, photo tent and studio outfit. Call 455 Mountain Avenue.
Ashland Tidings, August 20, 1917 et seq., page 8


January 1, 1928 Medford Mail Tribune
January 1, 1928 Medford Mail Tribune

HARWOOD PHOTO SERVICE (1925-31)
Burhl Renell Harwood

    Harwood's panoramic postcards of Crater Lake and Southern Oregon views on sale at Swem's, Davidson's, Model Pharmacy, Jap Art Store.
"Local and Personal," Medford Sun, May 10, 1925, page 2
    The Harwood studio, Medford's newest photo establishment, opened today in the Farmers' & Fruitgrowers' Bank building over the People's Electric Store, with a full line of attractive Crater Lake colored pictures and complete photographic fatalities and equipment. B. R. Harwood, proprietor of the new studio, needs no introduction here as he has been a resident in Medford for the last four years, during which time he has worked at Swem's and has recently managed his own business. Owing to the demand for his services Mr. Harwood found it necessary to open a downtown studio.
'Harwood Studio Opens in Medford," Medford Mail Tribune, November 27, 1925, page 7
Harwood Studios Are High Class
    The Harwood studios are splendidly equipped, and their pictures are recognized everywhere as strictly high class. In addition to regular studio work they specialize in outdoor photography, and many of the pictorial features of this issue is due to their excellent work.
    Burhl R. Harwood is ably assisted by Mrs. Harwood.
    They are large producers of postal cards, presenting the beauties of southern Oregon.
Medford Mail Tribune, January 1, 1928, page F3
    Photographs showing the Wright snowplow in action on the Crater Lake Highway are attracting attention in a display case of the Harwood Photo Studio on East Main Street. The pictures show the snow being thrown many feet on either side of the road and are taken from various angles.

"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, February 23, 1929, page 2
    The Patterson interests have purchased the postcard business that had been carried on here by B. R. Harwood.
"To Join Mr. Patterson," Medford Mail Tribune, February 27, 1930, page 2

    B. R. Harwood, Medford photographer, returned yesterday from a short trip to the sea coast in the region of Bandon, where he spent three days taking photographic views of shore scenery. The pictures have already been developed and are on display at his place of business on Sixth Street.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, April 9, 1930, page 2
    A miniature Indian village against a photographic village of Crater Lake is attracting attention in the display window of the Harwood photo shop on Sixth Street. Indian dolls gathered about a tepee of genuine buckskin enliven the scene, made to appear natural by the addition of green shrubbery. A tinted picture of Mil Creek Falls forms another portion of the attractive background.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, October 2, 1930, page 2
    Mr. Ray Anders has bought the Harwood photo equipment, which is valued at $500, at the studio he has opened at his home. Mr. Harwood is now living on the Redwood Highway, and Mr. Anders is working in connection with him.
Central Point American, April 12, 1934, page 4

LEON B. HASKINS

    Postcards imprinted "Pub. by Leon B. Haskins, Druggist, Medford, Ore." date between January 1905, when his father George Haskins retired, and July 1924, when Leon sold to the Heath family. Most seem to date to circa 1910.


GILBERT HASSELL

    G. Hassell, photographer for the Southern Pacific Company, was in Medford Wednesday, on his return from a trip to Crater Lake, Pelican Bay and other points of interest. He secured a number of fine views of the scenery along the route, among which was one of Crater Lake with its lofty rim covered with snow and snowbanks on the sides of the least precipitous cliffs surrounding it. The picture is a unique one, and shows the great natural wonder in a way it is seldom seen by the visitors, as the snow is nearly all gone by the time the season commences. He also took views of Mill Creek Falls, Annie Creek canyon and other picturesque spots. Wednesday he made a trip to Table Rock for the purpose of photographing that famous spot, and the same afternoon took a picture of one of Medford's principal streets.

"City Happenings," Medford Mail, June 26, 1903, page 7
    G. Hassell, the Southern Pacific photographer, had some rather rough experiences on his recent trip to Crater Lake. He was three days in getting a satisfactory picture of the lake, but when he did get it the effect was beautiful. George Jackson, who accompanied him, describes it as the most beautiful view he had ever had of the lake, and he has seen it many times. The air was clear as crystal, and every cliff and head and even the few clouds floating above were plainly reflected in the shining surface of the lake. This was faithfully reproduced by the camera and should make a picture of surpassing beauty. The snow was from ten to fifteen feet deep at the rim of the lake, and going to and from camp was no small job. Once Mr. Hassell was walking and leading his horse, when he broke through the partially melted snow at the foot of a tree, and the horse fell into the hole on him. Neither was able to get out until Mr. Jackson came to the rescue.

"City Happenings," Medford Mail, July 3, 1903, page 7

    The Southern Pacific Company started out one of its new photographic cars yesterday to take photographs of industrial scenes in the San Joaquin Valley to replace the pictures destroyed in the fire. The car is in charge of G. Hassell and is well fitted up for the work of photography. It has darkrooms and developing rooms. Two of these cars were built last June. Photographs have been taken of the line from Los Angeles to Portland, and pictures will be taken of the scenery between here and New Orleans. The orders are now that photographs are to be taken of scenery along branch lines.
"Gossip of the Doings of the Railroad Men," San Francisco Call, October 11, 1906, page 9
Will Photograph Josephine Caves
    G. Hassell, the official photographer of the Southern Pacific Company, is in the city and will leave tomorrow morning by the stage for Cave camp and the caves for the purpose of making a series of photographs for his company. He will take a number of pictures along the highway and the trail, as well as numerous flashlights within the caves. His coming is a direct result of the recent visit of Vice-President McCormick to this district, Mr. McCormick having visited the caves and become much impressed with their scenic beauty. The photographs will be used by the company in exploiting this district and in attracting tourist travel to it.
Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, August 28, 1916, page 4

FRANK HASTY
(1886)
    Frank Hasty, the accomplished artist, has taken some photographic views of scenes up the Ashland canyon which would be noticed as choice pieces in the portfolio collection of any artist anywhere.
"Brevities," Ashland Tidings, July 23, 1886, page 3

L. Hazeltine, November 4, 1881 Ashland Tidings
November 4, 1881 Ashland Tidings

L. HAZELTINE
    PHOTOGRAPHS.--Mr. L. Hazeltine has opened a photograph gallery in Ashland in a temporary building on B. F. Myer's lot on Main Street, and is doing some excellent work. He has already printed a number of cabinet photographs which are first class--unusually good for the work of an artist anywhere outside the large cities. He invites examination of his work, and guarantees satisfaction before payment. Give him a call.
Ashland Tidings,
November 4, 1881, page 3


HEATH'S DRUG STORE
(circa 1915)
Medford postcards printed by Albertype, Brooklyn, N.Y.

DeVERE and HELEN HELFRICH

    Klamath Falls residents, the Helfrichs produced postcards of the July 1945 Sheriff's Posse Rodeo and Horse Show, held at the Medford fairgrounds.

LOUIS HELLER

    Louis Heller, formerly in the photography business in Ashland, has been appointed postmaster at Fort Jones, Siskiyou County.
Ashland Tidings, June 2, 1893


JACKSON E. HENDRICKS
(1910)
    J. E. Hendricks, of Denison, Texas, reached Ashland last week with his family, consisting of wife and five children. They are temporarily located at 76 Lincoln Street. Mr. Hendricks is a professional photographer and may conclude to locate permanently here. He was in this vicinity 22 years ago, and finds the situation considerably changed from ye olden time.
"Personal Mention," Ashland Tidings, March 24, 1910, page 5


HERRIN & HUTCH
(Ashland 1897)

DAVID C. AND MARGARET E. HERRIN (Medford 1888-89, itinerant 1895, The Dalles 1895, Portland 1898-1901)
    Robert Hatfield and D. C. Herrin have gone into partnership in the boot and shoe business, and will shortly open a complete stock of goods in that line in the store in [the] Odd Fellows building recently vacated by O. H. Blount. Mr. Hatfield will go to San Francisco to purchase the new stock.
"Business Changes," Ashland Tidings, July 9, 1886, page 3

    Among the recent arrivals, of those who come to stay, we are pleased to mention D. C. Herrin of Ashland, long a resident of this valley. Mr. Herrin has secured the Lyons building of Douglas & Co., agents, on D Street and just as soon as it can be fitted up he will open a photographic gallery, and be prepared to do fine work in that line. Mr. Herrin is in possession of the secret process of instantaneous picture-taking, and tells us that he can take a train on the run or a horse running and show an exact picture of the people flocking to and from the train. He will give us such a picture some of these days.
Southern Oregon Transcript, Medford, March 13, 1888, page 3

    The building on D 
Street known as the Lyon building is being plastered and put into shape for a photograph gallery.
"Notes from Medford," Oregonian, Portland, March 27, 1888, page 3

    D. C. Herrin and family have located at this place. Mr. H. has opened a photograph gallery in Lyon's building, where he is now ready to accommodate those who wish good work in his line.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, March 30, 1888, page 2

    D. C. Herrin started for San Francisco last Monday, where he will take in all the latest points of Photography. He will be gone about three weeks.
"Medford Items," Ashland Tidings, June 1, 1888, page 3

    The handsomest lady on the 4th of July ground at Medford will be presented with one dozen cabinet photographs of herself by D. C. Herrin, the leading photographer of Southern Oregon.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 29, 1888, page 3
    Mrs. I. L. Hamilton was adjudged to be the handsomest lady by the judges of the celebration here, and gets the photographs offered by D. C. Herrin, our enterprising photographer.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 6, 1888, page 3
     Dave Herrin, our photographer, is making a business trip east of the mountains.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 2, 1888, page 3

    D. C. Herrin, the Medford photographer, has just returned from San Francisco, where he has "taken in" all the latest styles of photography. Give him a call.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 2, 1888, page 3
     Herrin, the photographer, is still busy at Linkville and doing a first-class business.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 30, 1888, page 3
    D. C. Herrin was in the city this week packing up his household goods preparatory to taking up his permanent residence in Linkville. Dave is a good photographer and will no doubt succeed in his new field.
"Medford Items," Ashland Tidings, September 14, 1888, page 3
    D. C. Herrin and family have returned from Klamath County. Dave took many first-class photographs while gone.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, September 20, 1888, page 3
    We are sorry to learn that Dave Herrin, our popular and efficient photographer, will soon become a permanent resident of Linkville, the county seat of Klamath County. Success to him.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 27, 1888, page 3
    Herrin, the photographer, has located permanently in Lakeview.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 9, 1889, page 3
    D. C. Herrin, the East Portland photographer, was joined by Mrs. H. last week, she having continued to reside at Ashland up to that time.

"Personal Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, December 12, 1890, page 3
    D. C. Herrin is now located at The Dalles, where he is doing well in photography.
"Personal Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 29, 1892, page 3

    D. C. Herrin, late of Ashland, is doing well at The Dalles in the photographic line.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 21, 1892, page 3
    Mr. Herrin has been here but a short time, but his work has made a name for him. A visit to his gallery will convince the most skeptical that he is master of his profession. With one of the best galleries in Oregon and all the latest improvements he can make photos equal to any in the state, from locket size to 18x22, direct from life.
    His views of Columbia River scenery cannot be beaten anywhere, by any body.
"Color Photography," The Daily Chronicle, The Dalles, November 2, 1892, page 3
    Prof. D. C. Herrin, formerly of this valley, has discovered the trade secret of photographing on wood, which, if he had discovered five years ago, would have made him enormously rich.

"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, March 24, 1893, page 3
    Mrs. Kate Howell of the granite city [Ashland] is at present visiting her daughter, Mrs. D. C. Herrin at The Dalles.

"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 19, 1893, page 3
    D. C. Herrin, formerly of this county, has opened a photograph gallery at La Grande.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 5, 1894, page 3
    The best is always cheapest. Herrin makes the best cabinet photographs for only $2.50 per dozen. Chapman block, upstairs.

The Daily Chronicle, The Dalles, May 4, 1895, page 3

    On Friday evening, February 12th, D. C. Herrin, grand lecturer of the A.O.U.W. of Oregon, will deliver a free lecture upon the benefits of this order--at the opera house. A musical and literary program is being prepared for the occasion in addition to this lecture. Everybody is invited to attend. Mr. Herrin is said to be a fine speaker. He was formerly a photographer in this city.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, February 5, 1897, page 7
    The people of Ashland will now have an opportunity get first-class photos; Mrs. Margaret Herrin, a photographer of The Dalles, has charge of the Larson studio. All are cordially invited to call at the studio and see the samples of work.

"Brevities," Ashland Tidings, June 3-17, 1897, page 3

    Mrs. Margaret Herrin of The Dalles has charge of the Larson studio. Mrs. Herrin has an enviable reputation as an artist.
"Local," Town Talk, Ashland, June 12, 1897, page 3
    Mrs. M. E. Herrin, the Ashland photographer, is in Grants Pass, where she will have charge of the Everitt gallery for a couple of weeks.
"A Grist of Local Haps and Mishaps," Medford Mail, November 5, 1897, page 7
    David C. Herrin of The Dalles has been elected grand master workman of the A.O.U.W. of Oregon.
"Brevities," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 25, 1898, page 2
    D. C. Herrin and wife, and Frank Abell have gone into the photograph business at Portland. All are well known in this country.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 29, 1898, page 3

Hicks Chatten Engraving Co. ad 1904LUCIUS J. HICKS
(Salem 1888, Marshfield 1891-92, Portland 1895-1912)
    L. J. Hicks, a senior member of the Hicks, Chatten Engraving Company, of Portland, was in Medford this week securing photographs of the city to be used in the Southern Pacific Company in an advertising pamphlet, and by the Oregonian in its annual edition. He secured a fine birdseye view of Medford and several orchard and fruit views.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, October 18, 1901, page 6












JOHN BAPTISTE HIGINBOTHAM
    Mr. J. B. Higinbotham intends opening a photographic gallery in the old Reveille office, on California Street, above Chas. Blackwell's barber shop. Give him a call.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 30, 1871, page 3
    Mr. Higinbotham, having thoroughly refitted his gallery, is now prepared to take ambrotypes and photographs in the latest and best style, as his specimens will show. Gallery over Blackwell's barber shop, California Street.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 14, 1871, page 3


ANDREW P. HILL
    Andrew P. Hill, the artist, who took the leading part in the effort to secure legislative action for the preservation of the redwoods of the Big Basin forest, has been appointed official photographer of the Southern Pacific Railway. He will begin work in Oregon with one of the largest lenses in the world.
"United States," Amador Ledger, Jackson, California, April 12, 1901, page 1

BERTRAM H. AND HARRIET M. HINTHORNE
(Blackfoot, Idaho 1912-13, Ashland 1913-43)
Hinthorne ad, October 23, 1913 Ashland Tidings
October 23, 1913 Ashland Tidings
    B. H. Hinthorne, formerly of Omaha, Neb., has rented the room on East Main Street fitted up by Wynne Scott for a photograph gallery and will open there this week. Mr. Hinthorne has had much experience in that line and will make a specialty of high-class, up-to-date photography, having worked in many of the leading galleries in the large cities of the Middle West.
"New Photographer," Ashland Tidings, October 20, 1913, page 4
    Studio Ashland is being arranged for Mr. Hinthorne and will be much more convenient when the work is completed.
"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, February 9, 1914, page 5
    Photographer Hinthorne of the Studio Ashland has opened a branch studio in Yreka under the name of the Yreka Branch of the Studio Ashland.

"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, August 2, 1915, page 5

    Mrs. A. A. Holmes of Superior, Ia., mother of Mrs. B. H. Hinthorne, local photographer, . . . has been visiting her daughter here for some time past.
"Ashland and Vicinity," Medford Mail Tribune, August 27, 1915, page 5
    Two Ashland photographers, B. H. Hinthorne and Mrs. Wynne Scott, conduct studios in northern California towns, the former at Yreka and the latter at Dunsmuir. Hinthorne's studio at Yreka is a branch of his Ashland establishment.

"Ashland and Vicinity," Medford Mail Tribune, August 28, 1915, page 5

    The Hinthorne and Stevenson photographic studios will be merged at the headquarters of the former. Hinthorne will conduct the studio and Stevenson will devote special attention to outdoor phases of the art, especially exteriors and scenic attractions.
"Ashland and Vicinity," Medford Mail Tribune, February 23, 1916, page 3
    C. J. Benedict, an Austrian artist, . . . is in Ashland from Portland with his wife and son and is painting some backgrounds for the Ashland Studio's photographic work.
"Austrian Artist Sees Great Future," Ashland Tidings, February 28, 1916, page 1
    The Ashland Studio photographers, Messrs. Hinthorne and Stevenson, secured some first-class pictures of the buckers and the races at the round-up.
"Get Fine Pictures of the Round-Up," Ashland Tidings, July 10, 1916, page 2

    The pictures of the first company taken at Fort Stevens will be on display at the Studio Ashland as fast as they are returned from Captain Malone, whose O.K. was necessary. Orders may be left at the studio for the postcard pictures.
"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, August 10, 1916, page 5
Studio Ashland Wins Leslie Prize
    The Studio Ashland received the third prize from Leslie's Weekly for the best photograph of a current news event during the month of July. Their photograph was of Donal Canon winning the saddle in the bucking contest at the Rogue River Roundup at Ashland.
Ashland Tidings, October 5, 1916, page 1
    Dunsmuir News: B. H. Hinthorne, Ashland photographer, spent a couple of days in Dunsmuir for the purpose of opening a studio in connection with his studio in Ashland. Being unable to find anything, he returned home on the Overland Wednesday.
"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, May 14, 1917, page 5
    Bert H. Hinthorne, Ashland's enterprising photographer, secured an excellent picture of the eclipse of the sun June 8.
"Picture of Eclipse Taken at Studio," Ashland Tidings, June 10, 1918, page 1

Hollywood Photo Studio ad, March 30, 1928 Medford Mail Tribune
March 30, 1928 Medford Mail Tribune
HOLLYWOOD STUDIOS (1928)
    The Hollywood Studios, a stamp print photo shop, opened its doors for business today on East Main Street for a period of three weeks, after which the studio will be moving to Eugene. The same establishment was here last year for five weeks during May and June, and since that time has been moved to Missouri, Kentucky, Alabama and other eastern and southern states.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, March 27, 1928, page 2

LARRY HOLMAN

    Larry Holman, Medford Mail Tribune photographer, was guest speaker. He told of his first hobby which started with a 1901 Edison phonograph. Later he acquired an ABC Process photography kit and began a hobby of photography, which has continued for 18 years and has now been made his profession.
"Photographic Association Officers Are Installed," Medford Mail Tribune, December 8, 1963, page C7

JAMES S. HOWARD & JOHN B. JAMES (Medford 1900)
    J. S. Howard and J. B. James, of Santa Barbara County, California, arrived in Medford last week and have decided to open a photograph gallery in Medford. These gentlemen have been in this line of business in California for some time, but the repeated almost failure of crops in the past and the promise of a total failure for the coming season has driven them to more succulent pastures.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, March 23, 1900, page 6

    The photographers, J. S. Howard & Co., who a few weeks ago came to Medford with the determination of locating here, have gone back to California and located at Chico.

"Additional Local Items,"
Medford Mail, April 6, 1900, page 6

EDGAR WADE HOWELL
(Yreka 1891-1900)
    Capt. Siemens has received from Howell, the Yreka photographer, several photos taken during the late encampment at Fort Klamath.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 28, 1893, page 2

HUGHES PHOTO STUDIO
(1953-58)
Ronald R. and Faustina Hughes

FRANK H. HULL
(Medford
ca. 1900-11, Central Point 1912-17)
    Frank Hull, the art photographer, made Ashland a business visit Tuesday.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, December 8, 1905, page 4
    Frank H. Hull, Oregon
"Oregon's Photographers," Oregon Journal, Portland, September 8, 1907, page 14

    Let Hull do your scenic work, such as a photo of your orchard, home, etc. 331 E. Main Street.
Medford Daily Tribune, September 6, 1909, page 2
Hull Frank H (Hull Printing Co), res 331 E Main
1912 Polk's Directory


HUNDLEY PRINT SHOP
(1963)
Postcard publisher, 702 South Grape Street, Medford
    Mrs. Jane Hundley, an employee in cost accounting for the City of Medford's public works department for the last 14 months, resigned her position effective Monday. Mrs. Hundley will work with her husband, Charles H. Hundley, at the Hundley Journal Print Shop, 702 South Grape St.
"City Employee Resigns Position," Medford Mail Tribune, April 16, 1963, page 3
    Mrs. Dennis Hammond was honored at a layette shower recently when Mrs. Charles H. Hundley entertained in her home, 702 South Grape Street.
"Shower Honors Medford Woman," Medford Mail Tribune, July 19, 1963, page 6

JOHN W. HUNTER (Jacksonville 1895, Medford 1901)
    J. W. Hunter and F. S. Sherer, of Oklahoma, who arrived to Medford a couple of weeks ago, have leased the photograph gallery in the Hamlin block, which has been occupied by Mr. Mackey for several years, and will open up a studio therein in the near future. H. C. Mackey & Boyd, the present occupants of the building, will remove their studio to some other building in the city, but the exact location has not yet been decided upon.

"Additional Local," Medford Mail, March 15, 1901, page 6

    J. W. Hunter and F. S. Sherer, expert photographers, who lately arrived from Kansas. have rented the gallery occupied by Mackey & Boyd, and will take possession about April 1st.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, March 21, 1901, page 7
    Messrs. Hunter & Sherer, the photographers, have moved their families to the G. W. Isaacs residence property, on South C Street.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, April 12, 1901, page 7
Elite Studio ad, May 24, 1901 Medford Mail
May 24, 1901 Medford Mail
     Messrs. Hunter & Sherer, the photographers, have moved their families to the G. W. Isaacs residence property, on South C Street.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, April 12, 1901, page 7
Elite Studio ad, April 26, 1901 Medford Mail
April 26, 1901 Medford Mail
    The Elite Studio, located in the Hamlin block, opened for business Thursday morning. The proprietor, J. W. Hunter . . . has had the room thoroughly renovated, repapered and repainted from floor to ceiling, and has provided new and modern light reflectors and other strictly modern studio fixtures.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, April 26, 1901, page 7
    The photos that come from the Elite are so smooth and fine, nicely retouched, that's what opens the eyes of the people.

"City Happenings," Medford Mail, May 10, 1901, page 7
    H. S. Sherer, of the firm of Hunter & Sherer, the photographers, left last Monday for Oklahoma and Kansas, where he goes to look after his property interests and supervise the harvesting of his crops.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, May 24, 1901, page 6
    Hunter, the retoucher and operator of the Elite, is teaching retouching; if you want to learn the art call at the Elite studio.

"City Happenings," Medford Mail, May 24, 1901, page 7
    The Elite is the popular photograph gallery of Medford today. Under the management of J. W. Hunter it has come to the front. Everybody is pleased with the work that comes from the Elite, and only two months since the studio opened--quite a record.

"City Happenings," Medford Mail, July 12-26, 1901, page 7
    The firm of Hunter & Sherer, photographers, has been dissolved, Mr. F. S. Sherer retiring. Mr. J. W. Hunter will continue the business as heretofore, in the Hamlin block. Mr. Hunter is unquestionably one of the best photographers in all Oregon. He has had years of experience in the East where only the best work possible in the art is permissible. The samples displayed in front of his studio is evidence of the superior work he turns out. He is a high art photographer--who makes portraits--not mere pictures. Mr. Sherer is not himself a photographer, and the line of business he will engage in he has not yet decided upon.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, August 2, 1901, page 7

    One thing certain the Elite Studio, under Mr. Hunter's management, is turning out the finest portraits in photography ever made in this county. The reception room is filled with work he has done here in Medford that would be a credit to any city,showing work to the public in posing, lighting and fine smooth retouching which shows plainly he is a master at his profession. Photos of familiar faces adorn the walls, and people come from all the towns around to have work done by the operator of the Elite Studio. He has been here but a short time, but notwithstanding he is the busiest man in Medford. If you appreciate a work of art, call at the Elite photo studio and leave your order. "A word to the wise is sufficient."

"City Happenings," Medford Mail, August 30, 1901, page 7
    G. W. Mackey and J. W. Hunter, the photographers, have consolidated their business and are now occupying the Elite studio in [the] Hamlin block.
"Additional Local," Medford Mail, October 25, 1901, page 6
    G. W. Mackey and J. Hunter have consolidated their photograph galleries, and will have their headquarters in the Hamlin block.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 31, 1901, page 2
    The Elite Studio can show the finest display of photographs in Jackson County.

"City Happenings," Medford Mail, December 13, 1901, page 7
    J. W. Hunter, the photographer, and wife left Medford last Saturday for Northern California, where they expect to locate.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, January 10, 1902, page 6

CLARENCE L. HUNTINGTON
(Portland 1898-1903, San Francisco 1909)
BOX KITE PHOTOGRAPHY
    What appeared to be an airship has been seen flying over the city on several occasions during the past week. It proved to be a box kite, on which was suspended a small camera with which "birdseye" views of scenes in this vicinity were taken. The kite has been made to ascend, when the winds are favorable, to a height of about 500 feet. The greatest difficulty in having the kite remain in a proper position is the various cross-currents in the upper strata of air. The kite is the property of C. L. Huntington of San Francisco, a traveling photographer, and is capable of lifting 50 pounds when the winds are favorable.
Medford Mail, May 7, 1909, page 2  His Southern Oregon photos are not known to have survived.

ULYSSES G. HURLEY (1910)
    From the Klamath Falls Express: U. G. Hurley, wife and child, of Talent, arrived Friday. Mr. Hurley has opened a photograph gallery in the Shellabarger building next door to the Central.
"A Few Klamath County Items," Medford Mail, September 25, 1896, page 2
    There was an itinerant photographer here during the week who has been taking views of our town and its many homes and buildings, as also of the surrounding country.
"Butte Falls Items," Medford Mail Tribune, September 25, 1910, page 12
    U. G. Hurley, a photographer from Fruitvale, Cal., has been to Butte Falls and came out Wednesday, where he had been taking views of the scenery in that section. He has been stopping at the Sunnyside for a couple of days taking photographs of some of the buildings, orchards, our school, etc.
"Eagle Point Eaglets," Medford Mail Tribune, September 25, 1910, page 12

JAMES MASON HUTCHINGS
(1855)


THOMAS O. HUTCHINSON
(Myrtle Creek 1891, Portland 1901-02, Holly 1909)
    New gallery at Myrtle Creek, O. Latest styles and processes. Popular prices. Satisfaction guaranteed. Mrs. T. O. Hutchinson will be on hand at all times to attend to the wants of the public.
Plaindealer, Roseburg, June 18, 1891, page 4
    T. O. Hutchinson, of Springfield, Oregon was in the city yesterday on his way to Crater Lake, where he will do quite a bit of photograph work for the Weister Picture Company, of Portland. Mr. Hutchinson is an old time acquaintance of Joseph Stewart, of this city.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail, October 29, 1908, page 5
    Monday night Irvin Murphy and a man by the name of Hutchison of Portland, a photographer, went to Crater Lake. Mr. Hutchinson is traveling in the interest of a firm in Portland and is going to Crater Lake to take views. He intends to go all around the lake and take views of the lake and all of the surrounding country to make scenic views. He anticipates finding considerable snow, but thinks that they can stand the rigor of that climate. They expect to be gone several days.
"Eagle Point Eaglets," Medford Mail, November 5, 1908, page 6

ISSOTT STUDIO
(1919-27)
James and Anna Wendt Issott
    Issott's Photo Studio is now open for business over Hubbard Bros. We do portrait work exclusively and make a specialty of baby photos. Your satisfaction guaranteed.
"Local and Personal," Medford Sun, July 27, 1919, page 2
    Bring in that picture you want copied. We will do it right. Issott's Studio, over Hubbard Bros.
"Local and Personal," Medford Sun, September 21, 1919, page 2
    Mr. and Mrs. Albert Peasley, formerly of Portland, have purchased the Issott Studio, 331 East Main Street, and will operate it under the name of "The Peasleys."
"The Peasleys Purchase Issotts," Medford Mail Tribune, March 13, 1927, page B6


JACKSONVILLE BOOSTER CLUB
    The Jacksonville Booster Club is issuing a colored postcard this year. The picture is of the club's bicentennial project, a quilt with local scenes in the blocks. They were designed by artist Ann Butte and sewn by club members.
Betty Miller, "Mayor of Area Town Helps in Card Revival," Medford Mail Tribune, November 7, 1976

ROBERT H. JONAS (1902-03 Eagle Point)
    Last Saturday Bert Peachey left for their mountain home near Mt. Pitt, and on Sunday Robert Jonas and Boyd Potter started for the same place. The three expect to remain there for several weeks, hunting, fishing and taking pictures., Mr. Jonas being an adept in the latter art.
A. C. Howlett, "Eagle Point Eaglets," Medford Mail, December 12, 1902, page 5
    R. H. Jonas was in Medford Thursday from his home at Eagle Point to get supplies for a photograph gallery which he expects to open at that place in the near future.
"Local News Notes," Medford Success, March 20, 1903, page 6

    R. H. Jonas has given up the role of reporter and returned to Eagle Point, where he is operating a photograph gallery.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, April 1, 1903, page 3

EDITH HAYDEN JONES BALL
(1915-1921 Roseburg, 1921-48 Medford)
    Miss Edith Hayden, the well-known local photographer, left this morning for Pasadena, Cal., where she will visit for a week or ten days with her parents. On her return she will stop at San Francisco, where she will attend the exposition.
"City News," News-Review, Roseburg, Oregon, July 23, 1915, page 3
    Miss Edith Hayden, a local photographer, left here today for San Francisco, Pasadena and points in Arizona, where she will spend several weeks with friends.

"Local and Personal," News-Review, Roseburg, Oregon, July 23, 1915, page 5
Roseburg Resident Married Monday
    Miss Edith Hayden, a well-known photographer of this city, was united in marriage Monday, January 10, to E. J. Jones, a former resident of this city. The ceremony took place in Vancouver. Mrs. Jones returned to this city on Wednesday and will take immediate steps to settle her business here. Mr. Jones, who is employed by the Walker Auto Company of Medford, is attending to business matters in Portland connected with the auto show. Mr. and Mrs. Jones expect to reside in Medford for a short time and may go to California. He was associated with the Nash garage here for a short time last summer.
News-Review, Roseburg, Oregon, January 14, 1921, page 6
    Mr. and Mrs. James H. Clark today completed the purchase of the photographic studio formerly owned by Mrs. Edith Hayden, located in the Bell building on Jackson Street.
"Hayden Studio Sold to James Clark," News-Review, Roseburg, Oregon, April 21, 1921, page 8
    Mrs. Hayden Jones, who left recently for Medford to make her permanent home, is now opening a new photographic studio in the latter city. 

"Around the Town," News-Review, Roseburg, Oregon, May 11, 1921, page 4
MRS. JONES ISSUES DEFY TO HUSBAND
    The notice in yesterday's Tribune, that Mr. E. J. Jones (proprietor of the Service Garage) would not be responsible for any bills contracted by Mrs. E. J. Jones after July 18th, must be a joke, for although he married me some six months ago and I am now his lawful wife, he has done practically nothing toward my support but has borrowed from me several hundred dollars, none of which he has repaid, and notice is hereby given that I will pay no more bills for him after this date, and I will further state that if said E. J. Jones will produce one bill that he has ever paid for Mrs. E. J. Jones the undersigned will make him a present of $10.00.
(signed) MRS. E. J. JONES.               
Medford Mail Tribune, July 19, 1921, page 3
    Photos finished in five days from time sitting is made. Upstairs Photo Shop, 208 West Main Street.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, December 10, 1924, page 2
    EXPERT PORTRAIT WORK either at studio, 627 S. 6th St., or your home. Call 234, ask for E. Hayden Jones.
Classified ad, The Evening Herald, Klamath Falls, December 4, 1925, page 7
    Jones, Edith H., Mrs., photographer, r 235 S. Central
1927-28 Medford City Directory
    Jones, Edith H., photog. Swems, r 607 W. 2nd
1930-31 Medford City Directory
    KODAK FINISHING--Easy-to-pay prices. E. Hayden Jones Photo Studio. 607 W. 2nd. Phone 1282-M. Hours 11 to 7.
Classified ad, Medford Mail Tribune, October 30, 1934, page 7
    SAVE on Kodak finishing at the E. Hayden Jones Studio, 607 West 2nd. Phone 1282-M.
Classified ad, Medford Mail Tribune, August 7, 1936, page 17
    BABY'S PHOTO--Special offer, 50¢ total price, one 8x10 photo of any child under 6 years. Proofs shown. E. Hayden Jones Studio. Dial 3364. 607 West 2nd, past junior high.
Classified ad, Medford Mail Tribune, August 28, 1941, page 11

    Miss Jones is a native of Missouri, Kansas City, to be exact. Her father served in the Confederate Army. Her earlier days were happily spent on a farm. When fifteen, she entered the University of Oklahoma, leaving the college while a sophomore. Readers will recall a popular fad of that time, leather pillow covers, with Indian scenes painted on them. She obtained employment as a painter of these scenes, since her urge for art would naturally interest her in these productions. Meanwhile, she had several friends in Oklahoma City who owned a photo studio, another outlet for her artistic trend. By questions and answers, experiment and trial, she learned the rudiments of the profession and soon showed skill as a retoucher. Soon she discarded pillow top art for retouching in several studios. By this time her parents moved to Yuma, Arizona. She moved with them, but after a six months' stay decided to go further west, and went to live with a cousin in Portland, Oregon. There being no retouching to be done, she purchased a stamp picture studio, and, to use her words, "the fun began." Perhaps she had in the mind the time when she and a partner had a studio houseboat on the Columbia River, and the incidental camping experiences along the river, as the "studio" moved from town to town. Interested in photography, her real hobby is raising unusual plants and flowers. She and Skipper, the put [sic--pug?], constitute the family. Her studio today is located in Medford, Oregon.
The Focus, July-August 1942, quoted in Peter Palmquist, "Camera Fiends and Kodak Girls in Southern Oregon 1850-1950"
    [I am] Picking pears as a patriotic duty, but studio [is] open Thursday, Friday, Saturday and every evening from 6:30 to 8 p.m. E. Hayden Jones Studio, 607 West 2nd. Phone 3364.
Classified ad, Medford Mail Tribune, August 30, 1942, page 5
E. HAYDEN JONES PHOTO STUDIO
    Phone 3364 under name Mrs. Fred Ball in 1944 telephone directory, 607 W. 2nd.
Classified ad, Medford Mail Tribune, August 16, 1944, page 9
Obituary
    Edith Hayden Ball, a resident of this community for 25 years, passed away at the family residence, 1411 Dakota Avenue, yesterday. She was born at Hicks City, Mo.
    Survivors include her husband, Fred, Medford; two brothers, B. E. Hayden, Menlo Park, Calif., and J. E. Hayden, Santa Monica, Calif.
    Funeral services will be conducted from the Perl funeral home Friday at 2 p.m. with the St. Mark's Episcopal Church officiating. Interment will take place in Siskiyou Memorial Park.
Medford Mail Tribune, November 11, 1948, page 11

A. E. KAISER
(Grants Pass 1904-1906)
    H. E. Kaiser [sic], of Chicago, has purchased the New York Studio. The people of Oregon City and vicinity will appreciate the fact of having an up-to-date photographer. The work done by Mr. Kaiser is strictly first class at moderate prices.
"Additional Local," Oregon City Courier, November 13, 1903, page 4
    A. E. Kaiser has bought the photo studio of C. D. Nichols, opposite the courthouse. Mr. Kaiser makes a specialty of platinum and carbon prints.
"The Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, July 7, 1904, page 3

    J. M. Boyd, who has been in Portland for the past month, whither he went to take the remains of his wife for interment in one of the cemeteries of that city, returned Wednesday to Grants Pass. Mr. Boyd will again resume his photographic business, which he left in charge of A. E. Kaiser.

"The Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, June 16, 1905, page 3


KENNELL-ELLIS (1931-38 Medford, 1939- Eugene)
E. W. Ellis and E. E. Kennell

KENNELL-ELLIS PHOTOGRAPHERS OPENING STUDIO
    Kennell-Ellis, artist photographers, opened an attractive studio at 32 North Central Avenue yesterday, completing extensive preparations which have been underway during the past month. An old American effect is carried out in the furniture and decorations. One of the modern features of the new studio is a convenient dressing room for customers.
    The local Kennell-Ellis establishment is one of a group of six studios in Oregon and Washington owned by E. W. Ellis and E. E. Kennell. Their photographs have received considerable recognition, outstanding portraits having been used in illustrating an issue of "Studio Light," publication of the Eastman Kodak Company, last year.
    Miss Catherine Gaylord, who has been with the Kennell-Ellis studios for the past five years in Salem and Klamath Falls, will manage the local business. Alfred J. Anderson, well-known local photographer, will be her assistant.
Medford Mail Tribune, April 29, 1931, page 5
Kennell-Ellis ad, August 26, 1934 Medford Mail Tribune
August 26, 1934 Medford Mail Tribune
MRS. LE CLERC TO OPERATE STUDIO
    The Kennell-Ellis Studio in Medford was purchased February 2, 1936 by Mrs. Howard LeClerc, who has managed this well-known photographic business for the past five years and will continue to operate it under the same name and policies, according to [an] announcement by the new owner.
    Previous to the opening of the Kennell-Ellis Studio here in 1931, Mrs. LeClerc was associated with the same company for one year at Klamath Falls. Additional experience was secured by this efficient young photographer in the Christian Studio, Spokane, Wash.
    Improvements made at the Kennell-Ellis Studio since February include new drapes and inlaid linoleum in the operating room. New drapes add to the attractiveness of the convenient quarters. Two valuable portrait lenses were also recently secured by Mrs. LeClerc.
    During a visit to San Francisco two weeks ago the new owner of [the] Kennell-Ellis Studio viewed demonstrations in effective lighting and new methods of portrait finishing. In five years this studio, under Mrs. LeClerc's management, made 9000 pictures, and this spring she took the Medford High School and St. Mary's Academy [photos]/ Assisting at Kennell-Ellis is Miss Ruth LeClerc, who began her photographic training two years ago.
Medford Mail Tribune, May 3, 1936, page 9

PHOTOGRAPH STUDIO SOLD BY LE CLERCS
    Announcement was made yesterday of the sale of the Kennell-Ellis Studio by Howard and Blanche LeClerc to R. S. Wilfley. The new owner took over management of the business yesterday.
    Accompanied by his wife and their 21-year-old daughter Betty, Mr. Wilfley arrived here about a week ago from Fairbury, Neb., where he had been engaged n photography for 15 years. In turning over the business to Mr. Wilfley, the LeClercs asked for continued patronage by their clients.
    Mr. LeClerc said the sale was so sudden that he and his wife had made no plans for the future.
Medford Mail Tribune, May 22, 1938

PETER M. KERSHAW
(1901-02)
    G. W. Dunlap and P.M. Kershaw, photographers, have been taking several fine views of Medford streets, also some birdseye views of the town. These they find are taking well among our townspeople, and they are selling many of them.
"Additional Local," Medford Mail, April 19, 1901, page 2

    P. M. Kershaw, the photographer, has returned from his trip to California.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 6, 1902, page 4
    Messrs. Kershaw and Dunlap, who are excellent photographers, are in Josephine County with their outfit, to remain several weeks.
"Southern Oregon News," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, April 3, 1902, page 1

    P. M. Kershaw, who has been taking views in Northern California, visited in Medford not long since.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 25, 1902, page 4

FRED H. KISER
(1901-27)
    Mr. Parkhurst was accompanied to the lake by Mr. Kiser, of the Kiser Photo Company, whose photographs and color work of the lake are famous. Mr. Kiser has resigned as landscape photographer for the Great Northern system, having completed a series of Glacier Park, and will spend the entire summer at the lake, securing new views and photographing famous parties.
"Crater Lake Inn Opens July First," Medford Mail Tribune, June 29, 1914, page 2
    F. H. Kiser of the Kiser Photograph Company of Portland is in the valley taking views to be used in a booklet to be issued singing the praises of Crater Lake and the Rogue River Valley. Mr. Kiser has secured several hundred magnificent pictures of the lake, including one showing rainbow trout swimming.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, September 14, 1914, page 4
    Striking hand-painted photos of the Rogue River Valley, showing orchard and natural scenery, have been prepared by Fred Kiser of the Kiser Photo Company, and are marvelous works, portraying impressively the beauties of this section.
"Kiser's Orchard Views on Exhibit," Medford Mail Tribune, January 16, 1915, page 2
    A collection of Kiser photographs of Crater Lake was exhibited last evening at the library, and several hundred people viewed them. There are over one hundred views in the collection, and it is one of the best collections ever shown here.

"Local and Personal," Medford Sun, April 9, 1915, page 6

    Kiser, who is over six feet tall and weighs a hundred and ninety pounds, . . . has been taking "stills" of our western mountain scenery for many years, and has carried his old King camera to the tops of more mountains and worse precipices than almost any other man in America has scaled. He is the "official" photographer both of Glacier and Crater Lake national parks, for instance.
"Walter Pritchard Eaton on Being a Movie Actor for a Scenic," Film Fun, May 1922, page 38
Kiser Studio Is Local Concern at Grants Pass Now
    GRANTS PASS, June 28.--(NCS)--Kiser's studio is now a local concern. Their main studio is to be moved here in the near future, and Mr. Kiser's work will be done principally in this town. They have a branch studio at Crater Lake and also one at the Caves. C. H. Demaray, local druggist, is president of the concern and Fred H. Kiser is the manager. Other business men from here interested in the company are C. A. Winetrout, vice-president; R. W. Clarke, secretary-treasurer; Chas. R. Cooley, John Hampshire, Sam H. Baker, George Sabina nd Frank Mashburn. In the display window of Demaray's drug store is a large oil painting of Mt. Hood and the Loop Road from near Rhododendron which was painted by Mr. Kiser.
Medford Daily News, June 29, 1927, page 6


KENN KNACKSTEDT
(1953-89)
    Kenn Knackstedt, who has been employed at Brainerd's Studio and Camera Shop for 2½ years as a photographer, has enrolled at Brooks' Institute of Photography at Santa Barbara, Calif., for training in advanced photography.
    He and Mrs. Knackstedt, who taught in the commercial department at Crater High School, will leave June 9 and will make their home in Santa Barbara for two years.
"Photographer To Take Two Years of Training," Medford Mail Tribune, May 29, 1955, page B12
    Knackstedt began his career in Medford working at Brainerd's Studio and Camera Shop in 1953. After two years he went to Santa Barbara to study photography. Upon his return to Medford in 1957, he set up his own studio, serving the area until his retirement in 1989.
"Collections Feature," ArtiFACTS, Southern Oregon Historical Society, January 1997, page 5

PAUL C. KOEBER

Postcards, printed in Germany, are marked "PCK." Medford cards published and marketed by druggist L. B. Haskins.


KOLOR VIEW

Los Angeles, California

E. C. KROPP CO.

Milwaukee, Wis.

KUNSELMAN & GERKING
(1912-13)
Elton Edward Kunselman and Jonathan Otis Gerking, 128 E. Main
1912 Polk's Directory
    Have Kunselman & Gerking, photographers, do your work.
"Local and Personal," Medford Sun, January 9, 1913, page 6
    Gerking & Harmon, Commercial Photographers.
Advertisement, Medford Mail Tribune, January 14, 1913, page 2


LEONA LAMME
(1911)
    Miss Leona Lamme has erected a tent on Main Street and is taking photos.
A. C. Howlett, "Eagle Point Eaglets," Medford Mail Tribune, May 3, 1911, page 6

CARL LANDIS (1953-71)
    Mr. [J. Verne] Shangle won a number of photographic honors. He sold the studio to Carl Landis in 1953.
"Shangle, Retired Photographer, Dies," Medford Mail Tribune, November 19, 1982, page 6
Landis Photo Studio, Medford, Oregon 1963
1963.

LARSON
    Mrs. Margaret Herrin of The Dalles has charge of the Larson studio. Mrs. Herrin has an enviable reputation as an artist.
"Local," Town Talk, Ashland, June 12, 1897, page 3

LAURELHURST PHOTOGRAPHERS
See Mrs. Fred Ball

ROBERT LAWS 
    In 1944 Frank Patterson sold his inventory and equipment to Robert Laws.

HOWARD AND BLANCHE LE CLERK
See Kennell-Ellis


FREDERICK W. AND CECELIA LESMEISTER

(Medford
1908-09, Dayton, Ohio 1909, Central Point 1910-13)
    F. W. Lesmeister has bought out the Mackey studio. He recently came from California and invites everyone to visit the studio, where his work will speak for itself.
    I wish to announce that I have bought H. C. Mackey's photograph gallery. As for my work, I will let it show for itself. All I ask is a fair chance. Come up and see me. F. W. Lesmeister.
"Social and Personal," Medford Daily Tribune, January 11, 1908, page 4
Announcement.
    I have sold my photograph gallery to Mr. F. W. Lesmeister. I have not made public announcement of this before, for the reason that I wished to assure myself of his competence to give my customers the class of work to which they have been accustomed. I can now say that he is a first-class, all-round photographer, and that I can recommend him to all my customers and friends.
Medford Mail, January 17, 1908, page 1                                                H. C. Mackey.
    I wish to announce that I have bought H. C. Mackey's photograph gallery. As to my work I will let it show for itself; all I ask is a fair chance. Come up and see me.
F. W. Lesmeister.                 
"Additional Local," Medford Mail, January 24, 1908, page 2
    PHOTOS--Come to F. W. Lesmeister's Photograph Gallery and see his work; satisfaction guaranteed. Corner 7th and C streets.
Southern Oregonian, Medford, January 25, 1908, page 4

    For first-class photographs go to the German photographer on the corner of 7th and C sts., Medford.
"Social and Personal," Southern Oregonian, Medford, March 4, 1908, page 7

Lesmeister brochure

ATTENTION.
    From February 1 to May 1 I will give to the best-looking child in Jackson County from 5 to 10 years old $10 in gold. Pictures taken all week and Sundays from 1 to 4 p.m. Four prominent ladies of Medford to be judges of photos.
LESMEISTER'S GALLERY.
    Over Allen & Reagan's.
Medford Daily Tribune, February 6, 1909, page 2
    H. C. Mackey, the photographer, has purchased from Mr. Lesmeister the photograph gallery which he sold him a couple or three years ago. The gallery is over Allen & Reagan's store, and Mr. Mackey will be "at home" to his old-time friends within a very short time, and the slogan "look pleasant and see Mackey for photos" will be hung on the wall.
Medford Mail, April 16, 1909, page 5
    Mrs. Lesmeister is getting some fine views of Central Point and its surroundings which she intends mounting in the shape of postcards.
"Central Point Newsletter," Medford Mail Tribune, May 30, 1910, page 2
    Charging that her husband, Frederick W. Lesmeister, with treating her in a cruel and inhuman manner [sic], and on April 22, 1909, with having totally disappeared, taking with him their 11-year-old son, Frederick, Mrs. Cecilia Lesmeister of Central Point has filed suit in the circuit court asking for an absolute divorce and the custody of her younger children.

"Would Divorce Stray Spouse," Medford Mail Tribune, March 2, 1911
    Mrs. F. W. Lesmeister of Central Point, Ore. has had a very busy summer and expects a good fall trade.
Camera Craft, October 1911, page 493
    Central Point experienced a real burglary recently in which Mrs. Lesmeister, who owns a photo studio and art store there, took the part of the heroine, secured her revolver, aroused other citizens and the chief of police and helped to guard the street until the officers searched the town and decided the burglars had flown.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, May 10, 1912, page 2
    Studio Will Close June 8th. Until that date the following low prices will prevail.

Advertisement, Central Point Herald, May 30, 1912, page 1
    FOR SALE--Studio in Central Point, Ore., with or without building; my only reason for selling is I want to quit the business; please do not answer if you do not mean business. Box 235, Central Point, Ore.
Camera Craft, May-August 1914

ABRAHAM T. AND SARAH J. LEWIS

    Mr. and Mrs. C. K. Norcott [q.v.] and two sons arrived Tuesday from Aitkin, Minn., to make Grants Pass their future home. At present they are stopping with A. T. Lewis and family, who arrived from Sioux Falls. Mr. Norcott and Mrs. Lewis are brother and sister.
"Items of Personal Interest," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, March 22, 1907, page 5
    Mrs. Sarah J. Lewis, wife of A. T. Lewis, born June 18, 1849, died February 27, 1909, being 59 years, 8 months, 17 days old.  . . . After [1881] they went into the photograph and portrait business, she being a fine artist..
"Death of Mrs. A. T. Lewis," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, March 5, 1909, page 8
    Photographer Lewis of the Grants Pass Art Studio made pictures of the numerous events during the celebration, and in this way we have preserved for us pleasant recollection of the occasion. His pictures of the parade of the irrigation ditch makers and of the coming down of the water will become historical.
"Celebration Notes," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, July 9, 1909, page 8
    A. T. Lewis of the Grants Pass Art Studio has just finished handsome sets of photographs of the Southern Pacific wreck, which occurred Monday, a complete set of pictures of the Fourth of July celebration at the Leonard Orchard and pictures of the Cornell & Eismann ranch near the town of Rogue River.
"Some Handsome Photos," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, July 12, 1912, page 2
    We are now at your service. You will always find up-to-date work at the Grants Pass Art Studio, 605 South Sixth Street. The best-equipped photograph gallery in Southern Oregon. A. T. Lewis, proprietor.
"New Today," classified ad, Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, July 23, 1916, page 4
    The photograph studio which has been conducted on South Sixth Street by A. T. Lewis has been moved to the building formerly occupied by the Berlin Dye Works, one block west of the telephone office. The building has been purchased by Mr. Lewis, who will make improvements.
"Lewis Studio Moves," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, March 29, 1917, page 3
    In the death Sunday noon of A. T. Lewis from heart failure at the family home, 1038 North Fifth Street, Grants Pass loses another of its respects citizens and well-known business men.
"Attack of Heart Failure Takes Grants Pass Citizen," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, July 2, 1917, page 4
    The building in which the late A. T. Lewis conducted a studio has been completely remodeled, and it now shows the distinctive artistic taste of the proprietor, Mrs. Geo. Bancroft, who with her husband spent many days in planning and weeks in carrying out the plan.
"Bancrofts Open a Well-Equipped Photo Studio," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, October 7, 1917, page 5


DAVID LIONEL PRESS
Chicago, Illinois

LIPSCHUETZ & KATZ

Portland, Oregon, white-bordered tinted matte postcards, "C.T. American Art Colored," mfd. by CT Co., Chicago (Curt Teich)

CHARLES W. LOGAN, HATTIE LOGAN
(1883-91)
Myrtle Creek, Ashland, Oregon
C. W. Logan 1884-5-23 through 1888-1-6 Ashland Tidings
C. W. Logan May 23, 1884 through January 6, 1888 Ashland Tidings

    Call at Logan's gallery on the hill for photographs or tintypes. Pictures copied and enlarged to any size and finished in Indian ink, oil or crayon. Prices the lowest. Satisfaction guaranteed.
"Brevities,"
Ashland Tidings, November 16, 1883, page 3
    For anything in the line of photographic work, photographs and tintypes large or small, crayon and colored portraits, etc., call at Logan's gallery on the hill.
"Brevities," Ashland Tidings, November 23, 1883, page 3

    Chas. W. Logan, the leading photographer of Ashland, attended the pioneers reunion Thursday and took several views of the crowd while they were eating dinner.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, September 13, 1884
    We thank C. W. Logan of Ashland for two photographs taken by him, one of the courthouse and the crowd collected at the pioneer celebration and the other of Crater Lake. Both are fine pictures.
"Local Briefs,"
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, September 20, 1884, page 3
    Notwithstanding the hard times, Logan, the Ashland photographer, is doing considerable work in his line. He takes pictures after the latest and most popular styles.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 7, 1885, page 3

   Logan, the Ashland photographer, is kept busy, notwithstanding the dull times, because he does first-class work after the latest styles, and quite reasonably, too.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 4, 1885, page 3

    The most interesting part of the prize fight is the fact of the affair having been photographed in three distinct scenes by one of our ambitious and enterprising camera artists. The gentlemen who announced after the thing was over that they had failed to reach there in time to see it, and a number of others who said they had heard nothing about it wilted like crisp salad in a bath of hot butter and vinegar when the photographs were "pulled on them" and showed their smiling and interested countenances surrounding the rope, inside of which were the fighters in action.
"Brevities," Ashland Tidings, April 23, 1886, page 3
    A procession of eleven Ashland babies in their buggies, wheeled by young girls, aunts, cousins and sisters, attracted considerable attention on the streets last Saturday. Of course Logan secured a photograph of the scene.
"Brevities," Ashland Tidings, April 30, 1886, page 3    The photograph survives in the files of the Southern Oregon Historical Society.
    Logan secured a picture of the Crater Lake exploring party as it started out of town Wednesday afternoon, with the three boats loaded on wagons.
"Brevities," Ashland Tidings, July 9, 1886, page 3

    Logan will be in Medford on Sept. 5th, 6th and 7th, to take negatives, which will be used in finishing up choice photographs at his gallery in Ashland.
"Brevities," Ashland Tidings, August 27, 1886, page 3
Portrait of Harry Smith 1888, Charles W. Logan
    There was a jolly crowd of commercial and uncommercial travelers at the Ashland hotels during the first ten days of the blockade, but they all left for Portland on the last train.  Before they went the crowd at the Oregon dressed up the Main Street front of the hotel with immense bulletins concerning the delayed trains, prospects for future travel, etc. and then they took positions to display themselves to the best advantage and had Logan photograph the scene.  He made a fine picture and sold all he had printed last week.
Ashland Tidings, February 4, 1890
    Don't forget that every first premium awarded at the district fair for fine photographic work was carried off by Logan, the Ashland photographer, for his unrivaled portraits and views. When you want a fine picture at a small price call on him.

"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 1, 1890, page 3

PHOTOGRAPHING.
    C. W. LOGAN continues to be the popular photographer of this valley. He is located at Ashland, with a fine gallery, all the implements and the long experience of doing first-class work in his line. His work compares more than favorably with that of artists in this county and Portland.
C. W. LOGAN,
    Ashland, Or.
Southern Oregon Transcript, Medford, March 13, 1888, page 3
Photographs.
    For first-class photographs of any size or style or finish go to the gallery on the hill. Mrs. Hattie Logan now has entire charge of the gallery and is prepared to do first-class work.
Ashland Tidings, July 10, 1891, page 3

    F. L. Blaine of Portland is now in charge of the Logan gallery at Ashland, Mrs. Logan having accepted a position in a gallery at that metropolis.
"Brief Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 5, 1892, page 3

    The Logan photograph gallery at Ashland has passed into the hands of artist Brock and wife of Astoria, who will operate it in the future.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 5, 1892, page 3
    Mrs. Hattie Logan of Portland was at Ashland last week, making arrangements for the renting of her photograph gallery at the granite city to an Astoria gentleman, who is now in charge.
"Personal Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 12, 1892, page 2
    J. W. Aid, now of Pokegama, last week bought the Logan photographic outfit at Ashland, and will employ it in his gallery over the hill.

"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 19, 1893, page 3
Married.
CAMPS-LOGAN--At the residence of the bride's parents, Mr. and Mrs. Reeser, Sunday morning, July 12th, by Rev. George N. Annes, F. L. Camps and Mrs. Hattie M. Logan, both of Ashland.
    The wedding ceremony was performed in the presence of the family and the couple left almost immediately on the southbound train for San Jose, Cal., where Mr. Camps contemplates engaging in the photography business.
Ashland Tidings, July 13, 1896

CHARLES W. LOGAN, ASHLAND PIONEER, DIES IN MONTEREY
    ASHLAND, June 14.--(Spl.)--Charles W. Logan, pioneer of Southern Oregon, was claimed by death at his home in Monterey, California, Tuesday, June 12, 1934, following an illness of two days. Mr. Logan is the father of Mrs. Amos C. Nininger and Mrs. Blanche O'Neal of this city.
    So colorful is the early history of Charles Logan that a book, "The Trail of the Little Wagon," was written and copyrighted in 1928 by Alice McGowan of Carmel, California. The author is a cousin of Mr. Morgan. The book concerns the adventures of Mr. Logan when at the age of 15 years he and another boy built a wagon and crossed the plains to Oregon from Iowa. Their experiences in meeting Buffalo Bill and Brigham Young are interesting episodes in the book.
    Mr. Logan arrived in Ashland about 1880 and operated a photograph gallery on the spot where the Ashland Daily Tidings is now published for a number of years. In Ashland he met and married Hattie Reeser, daughter of B. F. Reeser, Oregon pioneer. Mrs. Logan later passed away.
    He left Ashland 35 years ago, locating in Oakland, California, where he operated a photographic studio for a number of years. His marriage to Emma Bremer, daughter of a pioneer Oakland family, occurred 30 years ago, and during the past 20 years Mr. and Mrs. Logan have made their home in Monterey.
    Mr. Logan leaves to mourn his death his widow, Mrs. Emma Logan, two daughters, Mrs. A. C. Nininger and Mrs. Blanche O'Neal of Ashland, a son, Charles O. Logan of Yreka, California, and three grandchildren, Billy Hulen, Mrs. William Briggs and Logan Nininger, all of Ashland.
    Members of the family plan to leave for Oakland, where funeral services are to be held Saturday, June 16.
Medford Mail Tribune, June 13, 1934, page 12

RUTH LOVERIDGE
(Grants Pass 1906-1908)
Loveridge 1906-6-8p5RRCourier    Miss Ruth Loveridge of Eugene has bought out the Clevenger art gallery and business and has been spending the week in making improvements preparatory to opening the gallery for work. Miss Loveridge has spent a number of years in portrait photographer work and has been with Dorris of Eugene in her studio. Miss Loveridge will open for business next week.

"Items of Personal Interest," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, April 6, 1906, page 5

    Miss Ruth Loveridge leaves the first of the week for her vacation, which will be spent at her home in Eugene, and also at Portland. While in Portland Miss Loveridge will visit the studios to keep in touch with the styles of portraits which are most popular in the cities. During her absence the gallery will be closed.
Rogue River Courier,
Grants Pass, August 3, 1906, page 5

    For photographs that are PICTURES, go to Loveridge Studio.
"Some Bargain Pointers," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, February 1, 1907, page 5
    Miss Ruth Loveridge returned Tuesday from Eugene where she has been spending the past two weeks with her father and sisters. Her studio is now open and ready for any photographic business.

"Items of Personal Interest," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, August 23, 1907, page 5
    Miss Helen [sic] Loveridge has sold her photograph studio on Sixth and H streets to J. W. Branch and will go to Eugene to live with her father.

"Items of Personal Interest," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, April 10, 1908, page 5

    You will find the Clevenger and Loveridge negatives at Branch's Studio opposite P.O.

"Some Bargain Pointers," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, May 29, 1908, page 5


WILLIAM LOWE

See Typewriter Series
    Rogue River, Oct. 12.--Ben [sic] Lowe of Highway 99 is building an addition to his cabinet and gift shop to be used for photography. Mr. Lowe conducts a flourishing business in picture postcards. The grounds around his shop are decorated with gaily colored birdhouses which he makes and sells, and is a cheerful setting for his more practical work of cabinet and boat building.
Medford Mail Tribune, October 12, 1949, page 14
    CAMERA. Speed Graphic, 2¼x3¼ F4.5 lens. Kelart range finder. Flash light. Film holder, cut film adapter. All like new. $125 cash. William Lowe, first house on left on House of Mystery Rd., Gold Hill.
Classified ad, Medford Mail Tribune, December 17, 1953, page 25
    A building permit was issued to William Lowe to construct an addition to his building at Fifth St. and Second Ave.
"Gold Hill Council Approves License," Medford Mail Tribune, August 9, 1957, page 5
    Newcomers to live within the city limits of Gold Hill are Mr. and Mrs. William Lowe, who have been living on Sardine Creek.

"Gold Hill," Medford Mail Tribune, November 18, 1957, page 15
    The '59er program was developed so all citizens in the county could participate in the centennial project. Membership costs $1, and a lapel pin of a gold pan with a gold nugget is presented with each membership. The pin is manufactured by William Lowe of Gold Hill.
"2,000 Join '59er Membership Plan," Medford Mail Tribune, March 24, 1959, page 1
    Applegate Valley--Mr. and Mrs. Lowe are residing here, and will establish a novelty shop handling jewelry and other items made by Mr. Lowe, who has engaged in this business in Gold Hill for the past twenty years. Lowe also is a photographer, and Mrs. Lowe will manage a small print shop.
"Applegate Valley Cattle Ranch, Acre Piece Are Sold," Medford Mail Tribune, July 25, 1962, page 14

MACKEY BROTHERS (Medford 1898)
Mackey Brothers November 11, 1898 Medford Mail
November 11, 1898 Medford Mail
    Mackey Bros. are now conducting Medford's photograph gallery and doing up-to-date work. They cannot be beaten anywhere in southern Oregon.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 14, 1898, page 3

MACKEY & DUNLAP (1900)
    For stamp photos see Mackey & Dunlap. 24 for 25 cents.

Medford Mail, September 21, 1900, page 6

    G. A.  Dunlap has purchased an interest in the G. W. Mackey photograph gallery. Mr. Dunlap is a relative of the Dunlaps at Talent, and is well known hereabouts. We are informed that these gentlemen have rented another gallery in Medford and will operate them both. Ed. Weston, formerly in partnership with Mr. Mackey, has retired from the business and we are told will engage in mining.

"City Happenings," Medford Mail, September 21, 1900, page 7

    Mackey & Dunlap for superior photos. Always the best and prices O.K.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, September 21, 1900, page 7

    Ed. Weston, who has been conducting the Medford photograph gallery with G. W. Mackey, has retired and is succeeded by Geo. Dunlap of Phoenix.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 27, 1900, page 3
    G. W. Mackey has purchased G. A. Dunlap's interest in the G. W. Mackey & Dunlap photograph gallery, and will conduct the business singlehanded hereafter. We are not informed as to what Mr. Dunlap will do, but he probably will not quit photography.

"City Happenings," Medford Mail, December 7, 1900, page 11


G. W. Mackey PortraitGEORGE W. MACKEY
(Medford 1898-1906, Brownsville 1911-13, Halsey, Condon)

    G. W. Mackey has rented Jones Bros.' photograph gallery and will open up the same on August 1st. All view and portrait work by the lightning process. Will be at La Grande till after the Fourth.
Oregon Scout, Union, Oregon, June 25 through July 30, 1891, page 1
    The feed barn of Henry Royse, together with a large stack containing 200 or 300 tons of hay, was burned last Monday at Hardman, Gilliam County, also the private barn of D. M. Hardman. The barns were situated some distance from other buildings and about forty yards apart. Three horses in Royse's barn were burned to death. Mackey, the photographer, who is a brother of G. W. Mackey, now in Fossil, succeeded in saving his tent and apparatus, which were in Royse's yard when the fire broke out.
"From Monday's Daily," The Dalles Times-Mountaineer, September 17, 1892, page 1

    George Mackey left Tuesday for Yreka, Calif., and other points thereabouts, with his magic lantern show--which, by the way, is decidedly a good one and is a money maker for George.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, June 10, 1898

    H. C. Mackey and Ed. Weston, the expert photographers, left last week for Klamath and Lake counties, and will combine business with pleasure. G. W. Mackey, who lately arrived from the Willamette Valley and is a clever artist, will have charge of the Medford studio during their absence.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 20, 1898, page 3
    Mackey Bros. are now conducting
Medford's photograph gallery and doing up-to-date work. They cannot be beaten anywhere in southern Oregon.
    Messrs. Mackey and Weston, the popular photographers, have returned from their trip to Lake and Klamath counties. They took many photographs and enjoyed themselves thoroughly while gone.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 14, 1898, page 3
    H. C. Mackey has opened a photograph gallery in Gold Hill.  His brother, G. W. Mackey, will conduct the Medford studio.

"City Happenings," Medford Mail, November 18, 1898, page 7

    Van Exxe and Geo. Mackey, the well-known artists, have formed a partnership.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 7, 1899, page 3

    The photographers Van Exxe and Mackey have dissolved partnership, Mr. Mackey having purchased his partner's interest in the gallery, opposite the Mail office. This is Mr. G. W. Mackey, and he is an artist of years' experience, and has a reputation of making only first-class work. He is not a stranger to Medford people, he having resided here for some time, and has made photographs for many of them--all of whom are loud in their praise of his superior work. Mr. Van Exxe is not now in the city.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, September 1, 1899, page 7

    Geo. Mackey is sole proprietor of the Medford photograph gallery, situated opposite the post office, and is doing lots of good work.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 4, 1899, page 2
G. W. Mackey ad, September 16, 1899 Gold Hill News
September 16, 1899 Gold Hill News
    Cabinet photos $1.50 per doz. at the Medford studio, opposite post office (known as the Van Exxe studio), Geo. W. Mackey, prop.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 23, 1899, page 3
     Only first-class, up-to-date work done at the Medford Photograph Gallery, in Adkins' building. Prices reasonable, nevertheless.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 26, 1900, page 2

    Ed. Weston, who has been conducting the Medford photograph gallery with G. W. Mackey, has retired and is succeeded by Geo. Dunlap of Phoenix.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 27, 1900, page 3
    Say! Did you see the latest in photos? You can see them at the Medford Studio, over Beck's hardware store. Geo. W. Mackey proprietor.

"Local Notes,"
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 1, 1901, page 5
    G. W. Mackey and J. Hunter have consolidated their photograph galleries, and will have their headquarters in the Hamlin block.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 31, 1901, page 2
    G. F. Owings has sold his photo tent in Glendale to Mr. Weston and gone to Medford to take charge of the Geo. Mackey gallery.
"Woodville Items," Medford Mail, November 22, 1901, page 5
    G. W. Mackey has reopened the Medford Photo Gallery in Adkins' building, C Street, opposite Jackson County Bank. Up-to-date work and reasonable prices.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, December 19, 1901, page 5
    The photograph gallery now occupied by Mr. Owings will be conducted by G. W. Mackey after April 1st, he having secured the lease.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 27, 1902, page 4
    G. W. Mackey has reopened the Medford Photo Gallery in Adkins' building, C Street, opposite Jackson County Bank. Up-to-date work and reasonable prices.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, April 24, 1902

    Reduced rates on photos at the Elite Studio in Medford. In order to thoroughly introduce our work to the public, we will for a time make cabinets for $1.50 per dozen. Satisfaction guaranteed or no pay. Yours for fine work, Elite Photo Company.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, May 9, 1902, page 7
    For Rent--The Elite photo studio, best location in the city. Inquire at the Mail office.

Medford Mail, July 11, 1902, page 3
    G. W. Mackey is enjoying a two weeks' outing at Crater Lake. His photo gallery is being operated during his absence by Lee Van Berkleo, of Yreka.

"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, August 8, 1902, page 6
    Geo. W. Mackey, the expert photographer, has rented the gallery in the Hamlin block, and will take possession at once.
"Brief Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 18, 1902, page 1
    G. W. Mackey has leased the Elite Studio, in the Hamlin block, and expects to at once open a photograph gallery there. He will continue to operate the gallery in the Adkins block. Ed. Chappel, a photographer from Kansas, will have charge of Mr. Mackey's new gallery.

"City Happenings," Medford Mail, October 10, 1902, page 7
    Boarding house, opposite post office. Mrs. G. W. Mackey, proprietor.
"Additional Local," Medford Mail, December 5, 1902, page 6
    Mrs. G. W. Mackey has fitted up two additional rooms in the building occupied by her restaurant for the accommodation of her guests. Mrs. Mackey is getting the building in good shape for a model eating and lodging house.

"City Briefs," Medford Success, January 23, 1903, page 5

    Frank Hull has sold out his interest in the Elite Gallery in Medford to his partner, George Mackey, and will devote his time to view work. Mr. Hull has recently bought a large lens, making his outfit complete in every respect. He will visit all sections of the Rogue River Valley and take views of its many scenic attractions, as well as to take views of buildings and other places of interest.
"Local Notes," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, June 19, 1903

    Geo. W. Mackey, the photographer, left Monday for Gold Hill, where he will ply his vocation for several days.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, April 27, 1904, page 1


H. C. Mackey cabinet card, Medford, OregonHENRY C. MACKEY
(Itinerant 1890-95, Medford 1895-1923)

    Mackey, the photographer of the Pacific Northwest, will photograph from June 5 to June 20, and will guarantee the very best work. Extra work done over each picture. Cloudy weather just as good and favorable as fair weather. Avail yourselves of the opportunity to come early so your work can be finished. Prices from $3.50 to $4.00 per dozen. In front of Matlock's store near the bank. H. C. Mackey, manager.
"Additional Locals," Heppner Gazette Supplement, June 12, 1890, page 5

    Mackey, the celebrated photographer, from Portland, has pitched his tent at the Cove and will take cabinet photos at reduced rates--$3.50 and $4.00 per dozen. He will remain till Nov. 1st. All wishing photographs taken will do well to give him a call. He finishes all work at the photo tent, which ensures that the very best of work will be done.--H. C. MACKEY, Manager.
Oregon Scout, Union, Oregon, October 16, 1890, page 3
    The feed barn of Henry Royse, together with a large stack containing 200 or 300 tons of hay, was burned last Monday at Hardman, Gilliam County, also the private barn of D. M. Hardman. The barns were situated some distance from other buildings and about forty yards apart. Three horses in Royse's barn were burned to death. Mackey, the photographer, who is a brother of G. W. Mackey, now in Fossil, succeeded in saving his tent and apparatus, which were in Royse's yard when the fire broke out.
"From Monday's Daily," The Dalles Times-Mountaineer, September 17, 1892, page 1

    The ad of Mackey, the photographer, appears in another column of today's Mail. The gentleman is here for a couple of months' stay, during which time he will give our people a chance to procure some of his excellent work. He comes well recommended, both as an artist and a gentleman of strict, honorable business principles. See the tent, near the Clarendon Hotel.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, May 10, 1895, page 5
    Photographer Mackey has leased the gallery now occupied by Tyler & Miser, and as soon as these gentlemen can make it convenient to shift their place of business he will move in.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, September 27, 1895, page 8
A Red Headed Picture Man.
    Mail Reporter.--"Is this Mr. Mackey?"
    Mr. Mackey.--"Yes, sir; I am Mackey, the redheaded photographer, and this is my tent. There are no white horses in here, but if there isn't a pair of them coming down the street it is no fault of those auburn locks of mine, which some people insult by calling crimson hued."
    Mail Reporter.--"I understand you have been taking views of some of our fruit orchards hereabouts."
    Mr. Mackey.--"You see that wagonload of pictures standing in front of the tent? Those are pictures of Hon. J. H. Stewart's orchards and his packing house. The pictures are all sold to Mr. Stewart and his help. Yes, they are all sold for four bits each. No, not a wagonload for four bits, but that price for each picture. I want to incidentally remark that there is but one photographer in Oregon who can cut as clear a view as yours truly--Mackey, the crimson-headed photographer--and that photographer lives at Albany. Making photographs is just like any other business--many undertake to do the work, but only about one out of every hundred succeeds in reaching the perfection line--I hold the one-hundredth number. You think that is egotism? That's where you are mistaken. It is a plain statement of facts. If you have an article to sell, you point out its superior points. I have pictures to sell. I point out the redeeming features and tell you why there are such features. These features occur there because Mackey knows how to put them there. That is not egotism. It is business. I guarantee that every picture I turn out is better than any other man in the valley could turn out under like circumstances."
    Reporter.--"What are these pictures here?"
    Mr. Mackey.--"These are views of Weeks & Orr's orchards and the Orchard Home property. There will be three wagonloads of them when completed. Half of the Orchard Home views will be shipped to Portland and from there scattered throughout the eastern states. Those are most excellent views--every one of them clear-cut and superior in finish. Do I do other work? Well, you step in here and see the amount of photo work I now have on hand. You see it everywhere in here, on all sides and hanging on the top. I am doing a splendid business in all lines--especially photographing babies. I have made that work a special study, and it is quite a trick, I want to tell you, to focus a baby just natural. Anything else you want to know? I am wound up for forty-eight hours and my movement is Waterbury, but my photographs are full jeweled, of the latest patterns and superior in every point. 'Raise your chin a trifle. That's right, now look pleasant. That will make a nice picture. Next.' Anything else, MR. Reporter? Come again. Remember the tent, west side of S.P. track--and Mackey, the red-headed photographer."
Medford Mail, September 30, 1895, page 1
    If Mackey, the photographer, did good work when in his tent--and everybody says he did--the same people say he is doing better now that he is quartered in his nicely appointed and well-lighted studio.

"News of the City," Medford Mail, October 18, 1895, page 5

    Misses Ollie and Lou Butler have taken positions in the photograph gallery of H. C. Mackey. Neither of the young ladies are adepts at the business, but it will not be long ere they have acquired a proficiency in the art--under so eminent an instructor as is Mr. Mackey. The fact that Miss Ollie has taken this position does not interfere in the least with her music class.
Medford Mail, October 25, 1895, page 5

    There is not the least possible chance for the slightest mistake--Mackey's photographs don't need any fixing--they are all right always--or money refunded.
    Don't miss Mackey's photo studio if it is excellent work you are in search of--and where prices don't cripple you.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, February 21, 1896, page 5
    H. C. Mackey, the photographer, was in Gold Hill Monday taking views of the Rogue River Water & Mining Company's ditch and the groups of men at work thereon. Mr. Mackey has a contract to take views of the work at different stages of its progress, the views to be taken each week as long as the work continues. The views taken Monday are very fine ones--such as Mackey always puts up.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, September 25, 1896, page 7
    Photographer Mackey was at Gold Hill again last week taking views of the Rogue River Water and Mining Company's ditch. He has taken, altogether, about twenty-five different views of the ditch and the country through which it is to be built. He reports a large force of men now at work on the building of a dam across Rogue River and that the work being done is first-class and very substantial. He states that there is a force of men and teams constantly at work on the ditch proper.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, October 9, 1896, page 7
    H. C. Mackey, the photographer, was over on Applegate last Thursday taking views. He visited the Grand Applegate Ditch and took a view of it and the surrounding buildings. He also took a view of the mammoth dam. Mackey is determined to photograph everything that is worth seeing--and his customers appreciate his efforts. He was accompanied upon this trip by liveryman Mounce.

"News of the City," Medford Mail, October 30, 1896, page 7
    Mackey, the Medford photographer, was out last week taking views of several hydraulic mines in this locality.
"Forest Creek News," Medford Mail, May 21, 1897, page 5
    Mr. Mackey may truly be called a progressive photographer. All work leaving his establishment is strictly first-class. He has only been in the business in this city two years, but during that time, through his genial manner and courteous treatment to all patrons, his success has been phenomenal.
"Our Business and Professional People," Medford Mail, May 28, 1897, page 3
    H. C. Mackey, the Medford photographer, one day last week had a new $45 overcoat stolen from the office of the Ashland House. Al. Helms, one of the lessees of the house, lost a similar garment a few days since in the same way.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 6, 1898, page 3
    Mr. Mackey, the Medford photographer, came out on Tuesday of last week, and on Wednesday took a picture of our school. He decided not to take a picture of the school house, so he arranged the children on some long benches in the field nearby, having the timber and hills for the background.
"Eagle Point Eaglets," Medford Mail, April 8, 1898, page 5
    H. C. Mackey and Ed. Weston, the expert photographers, left last week for Klamath and Lake counties, and will combine business with pleasure. G. W. Mackey, who lately arrived from the Willamette Valley and is a clever artist, will have charge of the Medford studio during their absence.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 20, 1898, page 3
H. C. Mackey June 24, 1898 Medford Mail
June 24, 1898 Medford Mail
    Mackey Bros. are now conducting Medford's photograph gallery and doing up-to-date work. They cannot be beaten anywhere in southern Oregon.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 14, 1898, page 3
    Mr. Magers, who has spent a lifetime in photography, and is an expert, is employed at Mackey's gallery, where the best work is done.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 19, 1898, page 3
    Mackey, the Medford photographer, has leased the gallery at Gold Hill, and will take charge Nov. 10th, to remain 15 days.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, November 7, 1898, page 3
    H. C. Mackey has opened a photograph gallery in Gold Hill.  His brother, G. W. Mackey, will conduct the Medford studio.

"City Happenings," Medford Mail, November 18, 1898, page 7

    H. C. Mackey was on Applegate last week, taking mining views. He did a lot of excellent work.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, April 10, 1899, page 2

    Mackey, the photographer, is building a new darkroom in his fine studio. He is making arrangements to finish his own crayon portraits in as good style as it can be done abroad. He will soon have two darkrooms in which to practice his art.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, May 19, 1899, page 7

    H. C. Mackey of Medford, the popular photographer, and Miss M. L. Walker, a handsome and worthy young lady, have been granted license to marry. They have the congratulations and best wishes of a wide circle of friends.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 17, 1899, page 3
    Photographer and Mrs. H. C. Mackey visited Gold Hill relatives over Sunday.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, January 19, 1900, page 6
    Only first-class, up-to-date work done at the Medford Photograph Gallery, opposite post office. Prices reasonable, nevertheless.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, March 22, 1900, page 3
    H. C. Mackey, Medford's leading photographer, in Hamlin's block, Seventh Street, has arranged with a crayon portrait company of Portland, by which means he is enabled to give free with each half-dozen cabinet photos a 16x20-inch crayon portrait. This offer will hold good for sixty days.

"Additional Local Items,"
Medford Mail, April 6, 1900, page 6
    H. C. Mackey's studio, in the Hamlin Block, is a thing of beauty these days--since Mr. Mackey has removed all the old pictures and decorations from the walls, and replaced them with his new and up-to-date photos. One cannot spend an hour more pleasantly than in looking over the grand display in this studio. In every picture put out by Mr. Mackey there is plainly seen the careful touch of the true artist's hand. There is not a better artist in all Oregon than is Mr. Mackey, and we question there being his equal south of Portland.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, May 11, 1900, page 7
    H. C. Mackey, the Hamlin block photographer, reports that during the past few weeks he has taken the pictures of five different graduating classes. Two of these were from Central Point and one each from Jacksonville, Medford and Phoenix. Mr. Mackey makes a specialty of group posing—and in this respect, as in all other first-class work—he is truly an artist."
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, July 6, 1900, page 7

    G. W. Dunlap has purchased an interest in the H. C. Mackey photograph gallery. Mr. Dunlap is a relative of the Dunlaps at Talent, and is well known hereabouts. We are informed that these gentlemen have rented another gallery in Medford and will operate them both. Ed. Weston, formerly in partnership with Mr. Mackey, has retired from the business and we are told will engage in mining.
"City Happenings, Medford Mail, September 21, 1900, page 7
    Mr. and Mrs. H. C. Mackey returned Monday evening from quite an extended visit to friends in various parts of the Willamette Valley. They were out for a good time--and had it, according to Mr. Mackey's story--shooting China pheasants and taking pictures.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, October 25, 1901, page 6
    A rush now for fine photos at H. C. Mackey's photo tent. I am giving special bargains until after Christmas. H. C. Mackey is your best workman.
"Additional Local," Medford Mail, December 13, 1901, page 6
    For fine and up-to-date photos come to the photo tent on C Street.--H. C. Mackey.

"City Happenings," Medford Mail, December 5, 1902, page 7
    Photographer H. C. Mackey went to Gold Hill last Sunday on business, returning Monday. During his absence quite an accident happened to his photo tent. Sunday night the snow accumulated on the tent and broke the ridgepole. The wind Monday morning helped matters along, and the tent was completely ruined. Some of Mr. Mackey's friends removed his outfit to shelter and thus saved it a great deal, but he estimates his loss at upwards of two hundred dollars. Tuesday Mr. Mackey reopened his gallery in the room on the second floor of the Adkins block and is now fitting up one of the finest galleries in Southern Oregon. To add to his already very complete outfit he has ordered a lens from Portland that has been tested by the leading photographers of that city and found to be absolutely perfect.

"City Briefs," Medford Success, January 27, 1903, page 1

    The wind on Monday blew down H. C. Mackey's big tent, damaging photographic goods and unfinished work to the extent of several hundred dollars. He has already ordered a new tent and will soon be on deck again.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 28, 1903, page 1
    H. C. Mackey has had his full share of trouble during the past few days. On Saturday night someone broke into his photo tent on C Street and took therefrom quite a number of valuable articles. Mr. Mackey went to Gold Hill Sunday, looking for traces of the thieves, and on Monday morning the snow which had fallen on the tent the night before, together with the high wind, caused the structure to collapse, resulting in considerable damage to articles inside. Mr. Mackey's loss is between $250 and $300; but with characteristic grit he gathered his paraphernalia together and located himself in the Adkins block, where he is now ready to do business with his friends both old and new--and you are expected to look pleasant while the erstwhile redheaded photographer presses the button.
Medford Mail, January 30, 1903
Announcement.
    I have sold my photograph gallery to Mr. F. W. Lesmeister. I have not made public announcement of this before, for the reason that I wished to assure myself of his competence to give my customers the class of work to which they have been accustomed. I can now say that he is a first-class, all-round photographer, and that I can recommend him to all my customers and friends.
Medford Mail, January 17, 1908, page 1                                                H. C. Mackey.
    H. C. Mackey, the pioneer photographer, has sold his gallery to F. W. Lesmeister and will retire from the business for a year or more at least. That is what he says, anyway, but people who know Mackey are predicting that about three months will be the limit for idleness for him.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, January 17, 1908, page 5
    Mackey, the photographer, is now ready for business at the old stand, opposite Palace Hotel. Best photos, at reasonable prices.
"Additional Local," Medford Mail, March 13, 1908, page 2
    H. C. Mackey, the well-known photographer of Grants Pass, came up on No. 13 yesterday and will visit in the city for a short time.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail, January 22, 1909, page 5

    H. C. Mackey, the photographer, has purchased from Mr. Lesmeister the photograph gallery which he sold him a couple or three years ago. The gallery is over Allen & Reagan's store, and Mr. Mackey will be "at home" to his old-time friends within a very short time, and the slogan "look pleasant and see Mackey for photos" will be hung on the wall.
Medford Mail, April 16, 1909, page 5
PHOTO NOVELTY.
    Have you seen the latest novelty? Photos on brushes and toilet sets. Mackey has them. They are just the thing for your sweetheart--can see you every time he or she brushes hair or glances at the mirror.
    Mackey has bought back his old studio, refitted it with latest equipment, and is prepared to photograph old friends and new ones in the most artistic and up-to-date style.
Medford Daily Tribune, May 13, 1909, page 5

    MACKEY'S STUDIO--"Pose with Mackey and die with joy." Over Allen & Reagan's store; entrance on Seventh Street.
Medford Daily Tribune, November 4, 1909, page 7
    There is a photographer in your town. H. C. Mackey, Main and Central, Medford, Ore.

"Local and Personal," Medford Mail, September 19, 1913, page 2
    A good photograph is not a luxury, it is a necessity. Remember, you may not always have that dear one of the family with you. Maker of real portraits. East Main and Central. 20-H Mackey.

"Local and Personal," Medford Mail, September 26, 1921, page 2

    In August 1903 a group of four traversed [Dead Indian] road . . . on the circle drive via Crater Lake. . . . The group accurately recorded their journey with numerous photographs which were printed by George Mackey, brother to Henry "Stovepipe" Mackey, famous Medford photographer, according to [Chet] Parker.
"Two Roads Played Vital Part in Early Jackson County Travel; Now Less Used," Medford Mail Tribune, December 20, 1953, page 14   Mackey was known for always wearing a "stovepipe" top hat.

MACKEY & BAILEY
(1902)
G. W. Mackey, A. L. Bailey

    The Jacksonville photograph gallery is in charge of G. W. Mackey and A. L. Bailey, both of whom are excellent workmen. Mr. M. will have charge of the operating department during the whole of July 4th. The best work done at reasonable prices.

"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 19, 1902, page 5

Mackey & Boyd portrait, circa 1901

MACKEY & BOYD (1900-02)
Henry C. Mackey, Henry J. Boyd

    H. C. Mackey:--"Yes, sir, I've taken a partner, Mr. Boyd, of Lebanon. I've known him for twelve years. He's all right. The firm will be H. C. Mackey & Boyd—and the red-headed photographer will still do business at the old stand."
"Echoes from the Street," Medford Mail, October 5, 1900, page 7
A Branch Gallery.
    H. C. Mackey & Boyd have started a branch gallery in Jacksonville, in the Aitken Building, California Street, opposite Ryan's store. All work will be finished at Medford, and satisfaction assured. Work guaranteed to be the best.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 7, 1901, page 5
    H. C. Mackey & Boyd have established a new studio at Jacksonville, Mr. Boyd being in charge.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, February 8, 1901, page 7

    H. C. Mackey & Boyd's photo tent will remain in Jacksonville but a short time. Have your photos made now.
    Bring the little folks while the photo tent is in town. They never feel good after a six- or eight-mile drive.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 28, 1901, page 5
    J. W. Hunter and F. S. Sherer, of Oklahoma, who arrived to Medford a couple of weeks ago, have leased the photograph gallery in the Hamlin block, which has been occupied by Mr. Mackey for several years, and will open up a studio therein in the near future. H. C. Mackey & Boyd, the present occupants of the building, will remove their studio to some other building in the city, but the exact location has not yet been decided upon.

"Additional Local," Medford Mail, March 15, 1901, page 6
    The Mackey & Boyd photo tent will remain in Jacksonville until April 1st, and with each dozen of cabinets you get a 16x20 crayon free.

"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, March 21, 1901, page 3
    J. W. Hunter and F. S. Shearer, expert photographers, who lately arrived from Kansas, have rented the gallery occupied by Mackey & Boyd, and will take possession about April 1st.
"Medford Squibs,"
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, March 21, 1901, page 5
    Petition of H. C. Mackey & Boyd for the privilege to erect a tent on the vacant lot on the corner of C and Seventh streets to be used as a photograph gallery for a term of ninety days was granted.

"City Council Proceedings," Medford Mail, March 22, 1901, page 2
    The H. C. Mackey & Boyd photo studio will be moved next week to the vacant lot at the rear of Karnes & Ritter's place of business, on North C Street, where they will be temporarily located.

"Additional Local," Medford Mail, March 22, 1901, page 6

REMOVAL NOTICE.
    H. C. Mackey & Boyd will remove April 1st to a large tent in rear of Myers' jewelry store, where they will be fitted up as usual to take the best photographs in Rogue River Valley. Don't forget them.
Medford Enquirer, March 23, 1901, page 5
    H. C. Mackey & Boyd received their large tent Tuesday, which will do service for their photograph gallery for a few weeks.
"Additional Local," Medford Mail, March 29, 1901, page 6

A Branch Gallery.
    H. C. Mackey & Boyd have started a branch gallery in Jacksonville, in the Aiken building, California Street, opposite Ryan's store. All work will be finished at Medford, and satisfaction assured. Work guaranteed to be the best.
Democratic Times, 
Jacksonville, April 4, 1901, page 7

    Mackey & Boyd now occupy a large, new tent on C Street, south of the Crater, where they do superior work.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, April 4, 1901, page 7
    H. C. Mackey & Boyd have not left town, and we are not going to leave. We are now in a big brown duck tent on C Street and are fitted up for the very best of work .We have always led in photography in Medford and we will still lead.

"Notice," Medford Mail, May 3, 1901, page 2

    Mackey & Boyd, photographers of Medford, will be here until the 20th. All wishing first-class photographs will be treated right by these gentlemen.

"Central Point Items,"
Medford Mail, July 12, 1901, page 3
    H. C. Mackey was at Ashland Monday upon business--the same being the dissolving of his partnership with H. J. Boyd, of that place. Mr. Mackey will continue the photography business in Medford.

"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, January 17, 1902, page 6
    The firm of Mackey & Boyd was dissolved last month. H. C. still holds forth at the big tent, while his quondam partner is operating at Ashland.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 27, 1902, page 4

MACKEY & HULL
(1903)
George Mackey, Frank H. Hull
    E. L. Chapale has sold his interest in the photograph gallery to F. H. Hull. It will be Mackey & Hull hereafter. Mr. Hull is a rustling young man, and the new firm should secure their full share of the picture business of this city.
"Local News Notes," Medford Success, December 16, 1902, page 1
    Frank Hull, of Mackey & Hull, the photographers, has been doing some fine view work of late of Medford and vicinity. He has taken several views from the top of the water tower that show up well and from them a stranger could get a good idea as to the appearance of Medford. He has two views of this valley, taken with a very powerful telescopic lens, that are gems in the photographer's art. They are taken from the high butte back of Jacksonville. One was taken on a day when there was a heavy fog in the valley. The fog made the valley appear like a great lake, the surface of which was broken by long, sweeping swells, or possibly more like a great snowfield. The fog was only about 300 feet deep and the surrounding hills and the mountains, with their covering of snow, stood out clear and bold in the bright sunshine that prevailed above the fog. Ashland, Medford, Jacksonville, Central Point and the places in the valley were completely hidden and only by the topography of the surrounding country could their locations be fixed. As a companion piece to this fog scene Mr. Hull took another view from the same butte of the valley when it was filled with sunshine instead of with fog. The broad, level expanse of the valley, on which Medford and the other nearby towns can be plainly seen, with Mt. Pitt, Wagner Butte and historic old Table Rock for a background, makes a view hard to equal by any of the grand scenery of the Coast. In addition to these scenes Mr. Hull has many others of pretty and interesting views of various places and points about the valley. A collection of his pictures would make an appreciated present to friends in the East as well as to be a good advertisement of this country.
"To Advertise Southern Oregon," Medford Success, January 30, 1903, page 1


LEW W. MARBLE
(1912-14)
    Mr. and Mrs. L. W. Marble of York, Neb. last Tuesday took possession of the Camps Studio and will enter the field of photography in Ashland. In addition to the regular work of photography Mr. and Mrs. Marble will add other features, including enlarging, water coloring, tinting, work in oils, and all other departments of a first-class studio. Both Mr. and Mrs. Marble are artists of wide reputation. Mrs. Marble's specialty is watercolor work. She has painted for a Denver firm for the past nine years and is still a contributor to their stock. They were attracted here by the scenic beauty, the undeveloped resources and the wide possibilities of this city and are well pleased with their selection of a home. It is their intention to build up a large business here, the influence of which will be far-reaching. They are confident the field is wide open for their class of work.
"Marble Succeed Camps," Ashland Tidings, July 15, 1912, page 1
    Mr. L. W. Marble, an experienced photographer, has leased the Camps Studio of this city and is now prepared to serve the people of Ashland in everything pertaining to the latest style of photography.
    Mr. Marble was for eight years the official photographer of the Burlington Railroad and has had an unlimited experience in view work.
    Prompt delivery of all work will be one of the salient features of this studio.
"New Studio," Ashland Tidings, July 25, 1912, page 4
    L. W. Marble, of Ashland, Oregon, is not only a photographer, but a maker of fine handmade furniture. Several pieces shown the writer were beauties.
Camera Craft, May 1913, page 244
Marble Studio To Be Closed
    L. W. Marble and wife, the photographers, leave Tuesday for Broken Bow, Neb. People of Ashland will be sorry to learn of their departure. Mr. and Mrs. Marble have been in Ashland for several years and have won many friends by social and business contact. We regret to see them go, but wish them every good thing that could happen in their departure.
Ashland Tidings, July 6, 1914, page 8
    Mrs. Mary Wilshide is in receipt of a recent copy of Marengo, Iowa, Republican, containing the news of the death of Lew Marble, a former Ashland resident, who died in that city March 29.
"Former Ashland Man Dies in Iowa," Ashland Tidings, April 13, 1921, page 2


MARCO ADVERTISING
Medford, Oregon. Kromekote.

FRANK McBRIDE
(1891)

    McBride, the photographer, is paying his old home in Michigan a visit.
"Medford Squibs, Democratic Times, Jacksonville, November 13, 1891, page 2

CHARLES C. McBRIDE & CASE
(1891-92)
    T. S. Porter, agent for McBride & Case, the Medford photographers, spent a day in Jacksonville this week. The firm is doing first-class work.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 14, 1891, page 3
Worthy of Patronage.
    The photograph gallery of McBride & Case, which has recently been opened in Medford, is indeed worthy of patronage. The work done by these gentlemen is of the very best quality, as many specimens in the gallery will attest. They make a specialty of enlarging pictures, and citizens should not patronize any transient rustler for work of this kind. Theirs is equal to any done in large cities and far superior to much which is turned out. Photographs are at present being made at reduced rates, and parties should take advantage of them.
Advertisement, Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 28, 1891 et seq., page 2
    McBride, the photographer, is paying his old home in Michigan a visit.
"Medford Squibs,"
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, November 13, 1891, page 2
    McBride & Case for photographs.
"Local News," Medford Mail, January 14, 1892, page 3
    J. A. Goff has purchased the Medford photograph gallery from McBride & Case. We wish Mr. Goff success in his new venture.
"Local and General," Southern Oregon Mail, June 3, 1892, page 3
The 1900 census finds photographer Charles C. McBride in Crawford, Nebraska.

McCLELLAN

    During the exercises at Fort Klamath on the 4th the old commissary building took fire from a lamp used by McClellan, the photographer, which upset while he was developing some negatives. Notwithstanding the energetic efforts of the assemblage the structure was totally consumed, but the other buildings were saved.

"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 14, 1893, page 3

E. J. McCLANAHAN & W. R. BRYSON
  (Eugene 1886-91)

J. J. McEVOY
(Medford, Ashland 1895)
    J. J. McEvoy, of Roseburg, has pitched his photo tent in Medford for a few weeks' stay.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, June 21, 1895, page 5

    McEvoy, the photographer, has folded his tent and gone to Ashland.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, July 12, 1895, page 5


McNAIR BROS. DRUG STORE
  (began circa 1903, became McNair's 1953)
Ashland, Oregon.
Postcards mfd. in Germany

MEDFORD BOOK STORE

B&W halftone, stochastic screen. Postcards mfd. in Germany.

MEDFORD COMMERCIAL CLUB

    Before long the club will have thousands of postal cards of scenic attractions to be mailed. The plan is to get the visitors coming to the [Panama-Pacific International Exposition in San Francisco] interested to come via Oregon and stop over either coming or going in the Rogue River Valley.
"Streets Asserts New Year's Issue Best Advertisement," Medford Mail Tribune, December 24, 1914, page 6

MEDFORD GALLERY
(1902)
See George W. Mackey

MEDFORD HARDWARE & SPORTING CO.

Mfd. by Albertype Co., Brooklyn, N.Y.

MEDFORD MAIL

    The Mail is having halftone cuts made of orchard and fruit scenes near Medford. When these arrive this office will use them, together with descriptive matter, in printing letterheads for our customers about the city.
Medford Mail, March 28, 1902, page 6
    The Mail Printing Department is putting out an elegant line of Souvenir Post Cards, illustrated with fine halftone cut views of Medford and the Rogue River Valley. When writing to friends use these cards. They advertise Medford. We also have in press a fine line of ladies' stationery, using halftone cuts on same. We have a large number of orchard scenes, Crater Lake and local views of the valley.
Medford Mail, March 18, 1904, page 5

MEDFORD PHOTO FINISHING STUDIO
(1923-24)

    Charles Gosha of the Medford Photo Finishing Studio has enlarged the quarters of the establishment at 228 East Main Street, and will increase the capacity of the business. For over thirty years he was a photographer in Denver and Boulder, Colo.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, January 16, 1924, page


MEDFORD PHARMACY

Mfd. in Germany. Matte, tinted.

    Southern Oregon on a postal card at the Medford Pharmacy. You can give your friends far away an idea of the beauties of this valley on a postal card for a nickel or less. Come in to look them over.
"Social and Personal," Medford Daily Tribune, June 5, 1907, page 4
    The Medford Pharmacy has just received a large line of the most handsome views of Oregon scenery. You should see them.

Medford Daily Tribune, August 14, 1907, page 2

MEDFORD PRINTING CO.

See Medford Mail.

MEDFORD REALTY BOARD SERIES
See Patterson
    The MRB declared Feb. 14-21, 1928 "Postcard Week" and ordered 20,000 copies of five Patterson postcards (apparently 4,000 copies of five sets), which they sold for ten cents a set. Each card had a special boosterish legend written on the face; they were of Crater Lake, Diamond Lake, Main and Riverside, the Pacific Highway near Rogue River, and a pear orchard.

MEMORY LANE STUDIO
(Ashland, 1947-62)
Bonnie L. Conrad and Mildred L. Ager
    Mrs. Conrad and her sister Mildred Ager operated the Memory Lane Studio in Ashland, and while so doing came to Camp White once each month to take pictures as volunteer photographers. They received national recognition with their photographs four years ago this coming May when Camp White put on the Daddy Penland Day.
"Bonnie Conrad Named Representative at CW," Medford Mail Tribune, November 1, 1953, page 12
    For the second summer Mrs. Lowell Ager, 63 Gresham Street, has traveled to Alaska on vacation. . . . Mrs. Ager is a professional photographer, and since closing her Ashland studio has enjoyed recording the scenic beauties of the Pacific Northwest.
"Photographer Returns Home," Medford Mail Tribune, September 3, 1963, page 8

L. A. MESSING
    Because he compiled the love letters for a Swedish friend of his who couldn't write, L. A. Messing, of Gates, Or., became entangled in a matrimonial alliance. . . . Messing was conducting a combination jewelry store and photograph gallery at Phoenix, Or., at the time of his matrimonial adventure, he testified.
"Mail Wife Dropped," Morning Oregonian, Portland, October 9, 1913, page 7

B. C. MEYERS
FOR SALE--One No. 8 cook stove and bronzed iron bedstead, springs and mattress. B. C. Meyers, photographer, Central Point.
Medford Mail Tribune, March 1, 1910, page 7

MILES
    Miles, the photographer, is meeting with excellent success during his stay in Jacksonville. He is assisted by Mr. Exxe.
"Jacksonville News," Medford Mail, November 5, 1897, page 3


HAVER L. MISER (1894-96)

    H. L. Miser, the photographer, has rented the Ted Howard residence on F Street and is now housekeeping therein.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, October 19, 1894, page 3
    G. C. Wirth:--"The Wirth Photo Company now have galleries at Medford and Ashland, and if it is possible to secure rooms a gallery will be established at Jacksonville. . . . We have engaged the services of Mr. H. L. Miser, a very able photographer, to assist us in our finishing department."
"Echoes from the Street," Medford Mail, November 30, 1894, page 2
    La Fon Winchell, of New Haven, Conn., and brother-in-law of H. L. Miser, the photographer, is here for a visit. The gentleman is a college graduate and a son of an eastern ex-newspaper man, who is now a collector of customs in an eastern city.

"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, November 30, 1894, page 3

    Our tree planting picnic was in every way a success. About sixty trees were set out, making a row clear around the school grounds. The ladies did more than well in furnishing a dinner for everyone present. Mr. Johnson did his share in procuring and delivering trees, but could not remain nor could any of his family attend, much to the regret of all, owing to the illness of his youngest daughter. Mr. L. B. Warner and the Misses Warner were out from Medford, and by their presence added greatly to the pleasure of all who were there. Medford as also further represented by photographer Miser and wife. Mr. M. took a group picture of all present.
"Table Rock Items," Medford Mail, March 22, 1895, page 2
    H. L. Miser has opened a photograph gallery in the building formerly occupied by Baker Bros. on B Street.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 6, 1896, page 3
"Catch the Shadow Ere it Fades."
    The Medford gallery, on North B Street, formerly occupied by Baker Bros., has been reopened with H. L. Miser at its helm and is prepared to make make anything in the line of photography at reasonable prices and with satisfaction to its patrons. Your trade is solicited. Come and inspect work and get prices. Give us your order for the very latest in the trade.
H. L. MISER, Photographer.       
Medford Mail, July 10, 1896, page 4
    H. L. Miser, the photographer, returned home Sunday from a several weeks' trip in Douglas County, where he has been taking views of all the principal mines and also a large number of scenic views. Mrs. Miser will remain there for a few weeks visiting with friends.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, February 19, 1897, page 6
    H. L. Miser, the photographer, and Charlie Schilling left Medford Monday for Grass Valley, Calif., where they expect to find employment, and possibly Mr. Miser will open a gallery in that locality.

"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, March 5, 1897, page 6

    Miss Bertha Ellis, of Dallas, who has been visiting her sister, Mrs. H. L. Miser, in Grass Valley, California, for the past year, stopped off in Medford last Friday evening for a short visit with G. T. Jones and family, who are distant relatives of Miss Ellis. The lady reports that Mr. Miser, who will be remembered as a former Medford photographer, is doing well working at paper hanging--but he likes Medford immensely well and is going to return here after a while and remain permanently.

"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, August 12, 1898, page 6

MISER & REDDEN
(ca. 1895-1896)
    When in Medford don't fail to call at the Medford gallery on North B Street and see the beautiful samples of all kinds of photographic work. You are welcome. Viewing, copying and enlarging a specialty. Miser & Redden, photographers.

"News of the City," Medford Mail, September 11, 1896, page 7


EDWARD H. MITCHELL/SOUVENIR PUBLISHING

San Francisco—somehow affiliated with P.N.C.
Souvenir Postal Cards.
    Edward H. Mitchell (San Francisco) is issuing a very attractive set of souvenir postal cards which illustrate bits of life among the Indians of the Southwest. The use of the colored cards, which originated in Europe, has become so general that as a consequence all that is most beautiful in our American scenery is being pictured with a view to showing that Europe with its historic ruins has not exhausted all types of the picturesque. The improvements made in the art of photography render it possible to make even a postal card a thing of beauty. Indian life loses its squalor and shows only its esthetic side in a picture. This set of cards, with their pretty coloring, make the Indian seem the attractive creature he is supposed to be by those who live too far from his haunts to know him as he really is. (Price 30 cents per dozen.)
San Francisco Call, January 19, 1902, page 12
    Mr.
Mitchell also offers a very interesting souvenir in the shape of a unique deck of playing cards. The deck contains the usual fifty-two cards and joker and is suitable for playing all card games. The back design shows Mt. Hood in colors and on the face of each card is a view from some part of the state of Oregon, picturing the various industries, such as mining, fishing, agriculture and timber scenes, etc. It makes quite a handsome and useful present. The price is $1.
"Literary Notes," San Francisco Call, August 3, 1902, page 12
    Edward H. Mitchell, the publisher of Pacific Coast souvenirs, has just brought out a new set of twelve colored postcards that will be found most acceptable to those who enjoy the fad of sending a line to a friend in the East or abroad and a souvenir picture at the same time. The views are as follows: The Golden Gate; United States Mint, San Francisco; Claus Spreckels Building; City Hall; Sutro Baths; Tavern of Tamalpais; Cliff House; Mission San Antonio; Mount Lowe Incline;  Mission Church, Monterey; Yosemite Valley, and Chinese Children of California. These cards retail at 30 cents per dozen.
San Francisco Call, August 10, 1902, page 12
    Edward H. Mitchell of San Francisco, the art publisher, has just brought out a new set of colored post cards showing views in New York. It may seem rather odd that a San Franciscan should be publishing cards with New York scenes, but it is more readily understood when it is known that Mr. Mitchell and one other firm are the only two houses in the United States at present doing this class of work. . . .

"Literary Notes," San Francisco Call, November 16, 1902, page 12
    George K. Frink, who alleges that he became the owner of the five-story building at the southeast corner of Post and Stockton streets on April 20 last, yesterday commenced suit in the Superior Court to oust the present tenants, [including] Edward H. Mitchell. . . .
"Sues to Oust Tenants," San Francisco Call, July 23, 1904, page 9
    Edward H. Mitchell, publisher of souvenir postal cards, issues three view folders entitled "The New Pacific Squadron of the United States Navy," "Greater San Francisco as Seen Today" and "Duties and Pleasures on Board a United States Warship." Each folder contains 36 views and retails for 10 cents. Valuable to send away as souvenirs.
"New Books Briefly Noted," San Francisco Call, April 19, 1908, page 6

GEORGE MOOD

Seattle, Washington

EDWIN S. MOORE

Variously reported as "S. E. Moore," "E. C. Moore"  and "E. Moore." See Clutter & Moore.
    The lithographic views of Medford to be issued by S. E. Moore, the San Francisco lithographer, will be very fine and will do much to advertise this section. They will appear sometime towards the end of August.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 8, 1890, page 3

JACK MORAN JR.

    Jack Moran Jr. is spending the summer with his parents, Mr. and Mrs. Jack Moran, Jackson Boulevard, and doing photographic work for the 1956 Oregon Shakespeare Festival. The photographer, who also paints, is pictured here with his dachshund, Clyde, which accompanied him up from San Francisco. Mr. Moran, who served as festival photographer a few seasons ago, supplies pictures for the souvenir program issued each year as a part of the festival.
Medford Mail Tribune, July 8, 1955, page B1

CORA D. MORRIS (1888-89)

    Mrs. Morris and daughter have erected a fine photograph gallery on D Street, where they are now ready to accommodate those who wish good work in their line.
"Medford Items," Ashland Tidings, April 6, 1888, page 3

    Medford boasts of the most beautiful lady artist in Southern Oregon, and our boys are all having their photos taken.
"Medford Items," Oregonian, Portland, May 25, 1888, page 7

    Mrs. Morris, the photographer, has removed to Portland to reside.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 22, 1889, page 3

NATURE'S DESIGN
(Central Point 1986-1993)
Steven Astillero

G. R. NELSON
(1898)
    G. R. Nelson, the popular photographer, has reopened his gallery at Gold Hill, and is better prepared than ever to do first-class work.
"Local Notes,"
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, March 14, 1898, page 3
    G. R. Nelson, formerly Gold Hill's favorite photographer, has become a resident of Blaine, Wash.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, December 15, 1898, page 3

JOSE XIQUENA NELSON
(1906)
    Floyd Patrick and Jose X. Nelson left this week with their photo tent and outfit, on a picture-making tour. They will probably be in Glendale till after the Fourth and will then locate for a time in Canyonville.
"Our Personal Column," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, July 2, 1903, page 3
    Floyd Patrick and Jose X. Nelson are now located with their photo tent at Oakland, Or., and are doing quite a brisk business in the picture line.
"Our Personal Column," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, August 13, 1903, page 3
    Floyd Patrick returned this week from Oakland, Ore., where he has been in the photo business with Jose X. Nelson. He has sold his interest in the business to Mr. Nelson.

"Our Personal Column," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, August 27, 1903, page 3

    Four photos of the Gold Standard mine appear on page 22 of the June 3, 1906 Portland Oregonian, attributed to "Jose Xiquena Nelson--Grants Pass, Ore."
    Jose X. Nelson, who left here some years ago for Hibbon [Gibbon? Hibbing?], Minn., arrived this afternoon to look after business interests.
"Personal and Local," Rogue River Courier, Grants pass, December 12, 1917, page 4

NEWMAN POST CARD CO.
Los Angeles; mfd. in Germany. Has P.N.C. Co. logo in corner.

C. D. NICHOLS
(Cottage Grove 1902, Grants Pass 1902-1904)
    Photographer Nichols, who is located at the Imperial Hotel, is kept busy just now supplying the demand for panoramic views of Cottage Grove, of which he is getting out one of the best views ever taken of the place from McFarland Butte.
"Brevities," Bohemia Nugget, Cottage Grove, June 20, 1902, page 5
    Mr. and Mrs. C. D. Nichols arrived in Grants Pass last week and have decided to permanently locate here. Mr. Nichols is a photographer and has taken a three years' lease on the photo gallery opposite the courthouse and is now fitting it up for business, expecting to be ready for customers within two weeks.
"Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, October 30, 1902, page 3

    C. D. Nichols has assumed the management of the photograph gallery on Sixth Street opposite the courthouse and opened up for business on Monday. He is to do all kinds of photographic work promptly and satisfactorily. His work speaks for itself.
"Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, November 13, 1902, page 3

    Cloudy weather preferred for sittings at Nichols' studio, opposite the courthouse.
"Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, November 27, 1902, page 3

    C. D. Nichols and wife left last week by wagon for the north. They will visit Crater Lake and many other points, taking pictures along the route.
"Our Personal Column," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, August 4, 1903, page 3

    C. D. Nichols, the photographer opposite the courthouse, will take wood in payment for photos.
"The Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, September 3-24, 1903, page 3

    Photographer Nichols went to San Francisco Sunday to attend the meeting of the National Photographers Association.
"Our Personal Column," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, October 22, 1903, page 3

    See the new line of photo buttons at Nichols gallery, opposite courthouse.
"The Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, December 17, 1903-January 7, 1904, page 3

    A. E. Kaiser has bought the photo studio of C. D. Nichols, opposite the courthouse. Mr. Kaiser makes a specialty of platinum and carbon prints.
"The Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, July 7, 1904, page 3

    C. D. Nichols, Grants Pass, Oregon
"Oregon's Photographers," Oregon Journal, Portland, September 8, 1907, page 14


ISABELLA M. NICHOLS
(Central Point 1890s)
    Mrs. Nichols of Colorado is conducting a photograph gallery at this place.
"Central Point Pointers," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 19, 1892, page 2
    Mrs. Isabella Nichols, formerly of Mrs. Tyler's gallery, has opened a photographic gallery at Central Point.
"Personal and Social," Valley Record, Ashland, August 25, 1892, page 3
     Fred Hogg has been down to Central Point, fitting up a building for the occupancy of the photographer there, Mrs. Nichols.
"Local and General," Southern Oregon Mail, September 2, 1892, page 3

    Fred Hogg of Ashland has been preparing a new photograph gallery for Mrs. Nichols at this place.
"Central Point Pointers," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 2, 1892, page 2
    Mrs. Nichols has now moved into her new photograph gallery at Central Point and is now ready for business.
"Local and General," Southern Oregon Mail, September 23, 1892, page 3
January 27, 1893 Southern Oregon Mail
January 27, 1893 Southern Oregon Mail
    Mrs. I. M. Nichols made a flash light picture of the interior of the ball room last Monday night while the ball was in progress. The picture is excellent, and those desiring copies should call at the gallery.
"Central Point Items," Medford Mail, May 12, 1893, page 2
    Mrs. I. M. Nichols, the Central Point photographer, is now offering cabinet-sized photos for $3 per dozen.

"City Local Whirl," Medford Mail, May 12-26, 1893, page 5
    Mrs. I. M. Nichols, the lady who conducts a photograph gallery in Central Point, was in Medford Tuesday--came upon her bicycle.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, September 27, 1895, page 4


CULVER K. NORCOTT

    Mr. and Mrs. C. K. Norcott and two sons arrived Tuesday from Aitkin, Minn., to make Grants Pass their future home. At present they are stopping with A. T. Lewis [q.v.] and family, who arrived from Sioux Falls. Mr. Norcott and Mrs. Lewis are brother and sister.
"Items of Personal Interest," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, March 22, 1907, page 5
    C. K. Norcott went to Gold Hill Wednesday to make arrangements for the opening of a photograph gallery.
"Personal and Local," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, February 18, 1910, page 5

    C. K. Norcott of Grants Pass has put up a tent on the south side, preparatory to opening a photo gallery.
    Norcott will make faces if you will call on him at the photo tent. $5.00 photos for $3.00 at the photo tent. First class and up to date.
"Local Notes," Gold Hill News, December 3, 1910, page 5

J. E. NORRIS
    Mr. Norris, a photographer from Lane County, has rented the Worden gallery and is now open for business.
"Central Point," Medford Mail, September 28, 1894, page 2
    Mr. Norris, a photographer who is located in the Wm. Miller house, on Sunday last photographed a group of about sixty persons at the suspension footbridge. A number of ladies were in the party, and twenty-four ladies and gentlemen were standing on the bridge. The photo is said to be a very good one.
"Eagle Point Eaglets," Medford Mail, March 1, 1895, page 2
    J. E. Norris and family are at Eagle Point, where Mr. Norris has opened a photograph gallery.
"Central Point Items," Medford Mail, March 1, 1895, page 8

NORTHWEST CURIO & POST CARD CO.
917 Island, Boise, Idaho

OBER & REDDEN ART STUDIO (1898)
Mollie Ober and Frank Redden

    Miss Mollie Ober has severed her connection with H. C. Mackey's photograph gallery and formed a co-partnership with E. W. Redden. We wish them success.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 10, 1898, page 3
    Photographers Redden & Ober have moved to their new location, Roberts Building, South C Street. They have fine rooms, and they are being fitted in splendid shape for work in this line.
"A Grist of Local Haps and Mishaps," Medford Mail, January 28, 1898, page 7
    The Ober-Redden photographic gallery is now open for business.

"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 31, 1898, page 3
    Miss Mollie Ober, the photographer, was called to Ashland last week by the illness of her mother.

"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, March 21, 1898, page 3
    Miss Mollie Ober, who started for San Francisco to have her eyes treated, is recuperating at Ashland.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 27, 1898, page 3
    Miss Mollie Ober, who formerly resided in Medford, now has a position with the Sunset Telephone Co. at Sacramento, Cal.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 19, 1899, page 2

OREGON NEWS CO.
Portland, Ore., Americhrome

GEORGE OWINGS
    G. F. Owings has gone to Glendale with his photo tent. He expects to spend the winter here with his uncle, G. W. Owings. George is turning out work that would do credit to a photographer of years of experience.
"Woodville Items," Medford Mail, November 1, 1901, page 5
     Geo. D. Owings, who is again engaged in photography, has a gallery at Glendale.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, November 14, 1901, page 5
    G. F. Owings has sold his photo tent in Glendale to Mr. Weston and gone to Medford to take charge of the Geo. Mackey gallery.
"Woodville Items," Medford Mail, November 22, 1901, page 5
    G. W. Owings has rented the farm upon which he is now living to W. L. Patton, and expects to move to Medford in the near future, where Mrs. Owings and Miss Madge will learn photography.
"Woodville Items," Medford Mail, December 20, 1901, page 5
    G. W. Owings is in Medford assisting his nephew in the Elite Studio.
"Woodville Items," Medford Mail, January 10, 1902, page 3
    G. W. Owings, of Gold Hill, has been stopping in Medford the past week assisting his nephew, G. F. Owings, in operating the Elite Studio, which was purchased a few weeks ago from Mr. Hunter. Mr. Owings is doing a splendid business at his gallery, and as he is a very honorable young man, fair in his dealings and an artist of ability, there is every reason for predicting his success.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, January 17, 1902, page 7
    The photograph gallery now occupied by Mr. Owings will be conducted by G. W. Mackey after April 1st, he having secured the lease.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 27, 1902, page 4
    G. W. Owings returned to Medford Monday to remain some time in the interest of his business, the Elite Studio.
"Woodville Items," Medford Mail, February 28, 1902, page 3
    S. T. Owings, of the Elite Studio, Medford, is here visiting his brother, G. W. Owings.
"Woodville Items," Medford Mail, May 9, 1902, page 3
    S. T. Owings and his son, G. W. Owings, who have been conducting the Elite photograph gallery in Medford, have decided to change their place of business and today or tomorrow will leave for Yreka, Calif., where they will establish themselves and do business in a tent for a few months. They expect to travel to some extent through northern California. They have turned out good work here and they will do a good business wherever they are.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, May 30, 1902, page 7
    The Elite photograph gallery, located in Hamlin's block, is closed. We are informed that the proprietor, Mr. Owings, has left Medford.
"Local Notes,"
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 12, 1902, page 5
    George Owings, the photographer of North Central Avenue, in company with Mr. Lytle of Jacksonville, left for Yreka last Monday in business.
J. G. Martin, "North Medford Items," Medford Mail, November 4, 1908, page 6

JAMES J. OWINGS
(Gold Hill 1888, Crescent City 1900, Woodville 1902, North Bend 1905, Coquille 1907-08, Medford 1908-17)

    J. J. Owings, photographer of Crescent City, visited here last week. Mr. Owings was located here some years ago and still owns residence property here. He was quite surprised at the improvements Gold Hill has made in his absence.
Medford Mail, May 25, 1900, page 3

    W. A. Wooliever is painting a background for J. J. Owings, the Myrtle Point photographer.
"Personal and Local," The Coast Mail, Marshfield, May 24, 1902, page 10

    The photograph gallery now occupied by Mr. Owings will be conducted by G. W. Mackey after April 1st, he having secured the lease.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 27, 1902, page 4
    The Elite photograph gallery, located in Hamlin's block, is closed. We are informed that the proprietor, Mr. Owings, has left Medford.
"Local Notes,"
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 12, 1902, page 5
    J. J. Owings, the photographer, has returned home from his business trip to Gold Hill and Woodville.

J. G. Martin, "North Medford News," Medford Mail, November 27, 1908, page 7
    J. J. Owings, the photographer, is paying his son George and family of Phoenix an indefinite visit.

J. G. Martin, "North Medford Notes," Medford Mail, December 25, 1908, page 7

    James Owings, the photographer of North Central Avenue, went up to Jacksonville today to photograph some of the beautiful graves in the pioneer cemetery of Jacksonville.
J. G. Martin, "North Medford News," Medford Mail, June 4, 1909, page 5
    James Owings, the photographer of North Central Avenue, is moving to Gold Hill.
"Social and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, April 12, 1910, page 5
    Mr. Jennings and family, of the Rex Grocery, Mr. Pederson and family of North C Street, Mrs. McKee, accompanied by J. J. Owings, the photographer of North C Street, passed last Sunday very pleasantly picnicking and taking card views of the attractive scenery along the shady banks of north Rogue River.

"Social and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, August 2, 1910, page 5

    STAR PHOTO HOUSE, J. J. Owing, Leonard Wood, cor Laurel and W. Main
1916 Medford City Directory   
    A free picture of your baby, age from 6 to 12 months. At the Star Photo Shop. Corner Main and Laurel.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, September 5, 1916, page 2

J. J. OWINGS IS TAKEN BY DEATH AT 76
    One of Jackson County's oldest residents and pioneers was called by death early Tuesday afternoon when James J. Owings, 76, succumbed from a sudden illness at his home in Medford. He had lived and worked in the Rogue River Valley for over 50 years, coming here from Missouri in 1864 and conducting a photographic business in Jacksonville, and later in Medford.
    He is survived by his wife, Alice Owings, and their four children, and by one son from a former marriage.
    Funeral arrangements are in charge of the Conger funeral parlors, and will be announced later.
Unidentified clipping, SOHS Photographers vertical file

OWINGS BROTHERS
(1884-85)
    Owings Bros. intend to open a photograph gallery in Medford before long.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 17, 1884, page 3
    The Owens [sic] Bros., photographers, have taken some splendid pictures here.
"Gold Hill Items," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, May 23, 1885, page 1

    Owings Bros., the traveling photographers, are now at Gold Hill, and are taking excellent pictures at very low rates. They talk of renting the upper story of P. J. Ryan's new building in this place for a gallery.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 5, 1885, page 3
    Owings Bros., the well-known photographers, are now at Medford, and are taking excellent pictures at very low rates. They invite a trial and guarantee satisfaction.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 26-August 7, 1885, page 3
    Owings Bros., the well-known photographers, are now at Applegate, and are taking excellent pictures at very low rates. They invite a trial and guarantee satisfaction.

"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 21-October 23, 1885, page 3


P.F. STUDIO

See Medford Photo Finishing Studio

PACIFIC NOVELTY (P.N.C.)

    Pacific Novelty Co., 579 Market.
"Post Cards," classified advertisement, San Francisco Chronicle, March 1, 1909, page 12.  This is the same address as that listed for the Cardinell-Vincent Co.
    The mayor recently received a postcard from a friend, the card showing a picture of the Columbia Gorge . . . and bearing the legend: "A bird's-eye view of rivers and mountains, California." The mayor sent his protest to the Pacific Novelty Company of California and wanted to know whether it is not enough in the way of discourtesy for that state to hold people up at the border to inspect their baggage.
"Columbia Gorge Grab Stirs Mayor," Oregonian, Portland, September 26, 1939, page 19

PACIFIC PHOTO CO. (1910-12 Medford)
See Harold E. Vroman


PACIFIC PHOTO CO.
(1915-20s)
Salem, Oregon
    The Pacific Photo Company; incorporators, L. Birdsall, L. W. Jones and F. H. McClure; main office, Portland; capital, $10,000.
"New Incorporations," Daily Capital Journal, Salem, August 23, 1907, page 4
    Portland Pacific Photo Company, dissolution.

"New Incorporations," Daily Capital Journal, Salem, May 16, 1913, page 4

    The Pacific Photo Co. have opened up an art studio in connection with their post card and Kodak finishing department. We will make nothing cheap, but our great finishing equipment enables us to give you big value for your money.
"All Around Town," Daily Capital Journal, Salem, February 20, 1915, page 8

    Call and see those folders we make for $1.50 a dozen. Pacific Photo Co., Room 2, Patton block.
"All Around Town," Daily Capital Journal, Salem, February 22, 1915, page 8


PADDOCK
(1915-16 Grants Pass)
    $1.00 buys $2.00 worth of portraits. Two dozen at the price of one dozen, any grade. Pay for them bargain day and get the work done at any time. Orders filled from the White Studio negatives at $1.00 per dozen, in good Forier mounts; 8x10 enlargements 36¢; 10x12 enlargements 50¢. Paddock Photo Co. Studio, 310 North Sixth.
"New Today," classified ad, Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, October 21, 1915, page 4
    It is remarkable how fast children outgrow their childish ways. Only photographs will keep them as they are. Make the appointment now. Paddock Photo Co.

"New Today," classified ad, Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, November 28, 1916, page 5


JULIUS PADILLA
    For the purpose of replacing the negatives of the hundreds of views of Oregon scenes and scenery belonging to the railroad which were destroyed in the great San Francisco fire, the Southern Pacific is sending its official photographer, Jules Padilla, north to take an entirely new set of photographs. . . .
"Will Get Views of Oregon," Morning Oregonian, Portland, May 29, 1906, page 10
The "Picture Car"
    John P. Jones, Traffic Passenger Agent of the Southern Pacific Co., was here yesterday with the photographic car. This latter is in charge of a skillful photographer, Julius Padilla, who with his wife and baby makes his home in the car. His lot has fallen in pleasant places as a visit to the car will demonstrated. It is fitted up with all modern conveniences, the upholstering being especially fine. All of the seats and couches are of stamped leather finish in a subdued tone which is relieved from any appearance of dullness by the highly polished surfaces of the interior finish of the woodwork.
    The car will be in this vicinity for several days while Mr. Padilla takes views of all objects of interest in Medford and vicinity. The pictures will be used in illustrating descriptive literature to be sent out by the railroad.
Medford Daily Tribune, June 16, 1906, page 4
    Julius Padilla, with an assistant and a special photographic car, has arrived in Oregon and begun the work of making 25,000 new photographic negatives to replace the entire stock of Pacific Northwest negatives destroyed with other property losses of the Southern Pacific lines at San Francisco. . . . Two days were spent at and around Ashland, where the Commercial Club rendered valuable assistance in the taking of 25 photographs and two panoramic views of the city and valley.
"Photograph Car at Medford," Oregon Daily Journal, Portland, June 26, 1906, page 8
    Julius Padilla, the official photographer of the Southern Pacific, in a special car equipped with the most modern photographic apparatus, has covered the field from Ashland to Roseburg, and is working in the Sutherlin valley.
"Great Work with the Camera," Oregon Daily Journal, Portland, June 24, 1906, page 28
    J. P. Jones, traveling passenger agent of the S.P., and the official photographer of the road [omission] Julius Pavilla with the new car equipped by the road for this purpose, was here on Tuesday afternoon and was ready to take some fine pictures. The car has been south for a good distance and is now working north. The S.P. finds the photographs a good advertisement of the road. They recently presented the Commercial Club, through A. L. Craig, with a finely framed picture of Mount Hood.
"Southern Pacific Photographer Here on Tuesday," Bohemia Nugget, Cottage Grove, June 27, 1906, page 4
    Julius Padilla, photographer for the Sunset magazine and other Southern Pacific publications, ended his photographic tour of the state in Portland Saturday, when he left for San Francisco in the special photographic car provided by the Southern Pacific. Mr. Padilla began at Ashland and worked north, making short side trips from the railroad to secure views of the country from the south line of the state to the Columbia River. . . . These views will be used in the illustration of the next edition of "The Road of a Thousand Wonders," the beautiful publication issued by the Harriman line. . . .
"Photographic Tour Ends," Morning Oregonian, July 17, 1906, page 16

JOHN BERNARD PALMER
(1900-1904 Portland, 1911-16 Gold Hill, 1917-26 Medford)
    J. B. PALMER GALLERY, 252 Alder. Stamp photos, enlargements, Kodak finishing.
"Photography," classified advertisement, Morning Oregonian, Portland, September 25, 1901, page 9
    John B. Palmer, a photographer of Portland, yesterday filed a suit in bankruptcy in the United States Court. His liabilities amount to $1212.26; assets $216.75.
"Court Notes," Morning Oregonian, Portland, December 6, 1901, page 8
    John B. Palmer and Florence A. Bolt.
"Marriage Licenses," Medford Mail Tribune, April 13, 1911, page 3
    [Gold Hill] mayor Kelsey and the respective councilmen, John Palmer, Joseph Deitrich, W. R. Walker, Frank Willmarth and George Landis, are required to appear in the circuit court for Jackson County . . . to show cause why their claims as members of the city council should be recognized.
"Action to Oust Council," Ashland Tidings, September 26, 1912, page 6
    Ed. F. Weston and wife will leave about the tenth of the month on a four months' auto tour through the Middle West. . . .  During Mr. Weston's absence his photo gallery will be in charge of John B. Palmer.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, June 2, 1915, page 2
    Seely Hall, photographer J. B. Palmer and a representative of the Mail Tribune will leave tomorrow in a Cadillac auto in a test trip to Crater Lake, the first of the season. Photographs will be taken for use in publicity work. The party expects to make the lower camp by Saturday night, and spend Sunday at the lake. The auto will be driven as far as possible in an effort to make a record.

"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, June 11, 1915, page 2

    Miss Agnes R. Dietrich spent Tuesday and Wednesday in Medford as the guest of Mrs. J. B. Palmer, while "Johnny" Palmer (the popular photographer at the Weston studio) made another trip to Crater Lake.
"Gold Hill Nuggets," Medford Mail Tribune, August 21, 1915, page 5

    J. B. Palmer, local photographer, who has been in charge of the Weston studio at Medford, is home again. Mr. and Mrs. Weston have returned from their 8000-mile auto trip, which embraced fourteen states.
"Gold Hill Nuggets," Medford Mail Tribune, November 3, 1915, page 5
    Death in motherhood--that saddest of all mortal sacrifices--came to Mrs. John B. Palmer at her home in [Gold Hill] last Saturday morning, November 20th. The child, a beautiful boy baby of eight pounds, is lively and lusty.
"Gold Hill Nuggets," Medford Mail Tribune, November 30, 1915, page 3
    John B. Palmer, Gold Hill's artist-photographer, was at the Rogue River Round-up Thursday to get a few views.
"Gold Hill Nuggets," Medford Mail Tribune, July 8, 1916, page 5
    John B. Palmer made a brief visit in Gold Hill Friday. Mr. Palmer was formerly of this city, but is now proprietor of the photograph studio recently owned by Ed Weston at Medford. Mr. Weston, it is said, will take up ranching in eastern Oregon.
"Gold Hill Nuggets," Medford Mail Tribune, April 23, 1917, page 5
    Mrs. Edward Weston left Saturday morning for Dorris, Calif., to join her husband, who has been located there for three weeks past. They will make their future home in Dorris, where Mr. Weston and attorney H. L. DeArmond, formerly of Medford, are operating a large sawmill. J. B. Palmer, formerly of Gold Hill, has taken over the studio and photograph business operated here for years by Mr. Weston.
Medford Mail Tribune, May 16, 1917

     Jesse Durkee . . . has moved his family to Gold Hill and they are now domiciled in the dwelling formerly occupied by Palmer's studio, on the south side.
"Gold Hill Notes," Ashland Tidings, October 29, 1917, page 7
    The October 15th issue of the American Legion Weekly contains a good picture of the dedication exercises of Newell Barber aviation field Labor Day and a write-up by the post correspondent of the events of that day in Medford. The photo was made by John B. Palmer.
"Local Briefs," Medford Mali Tribune, October 15, 1920, page 2
    Come to Palmer's Studio for Christmas photos. Specially hand-colored to order. 717 [sic] N. Central. Phone 823-R.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, December 10, 1924, page 2
    If your pictures are made at Palmer's Photo Studio, 716 [sic] N. Central, they will be the best.

"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, August 21, 1925, page 2

    Palmer's Photo Studio makes the best pictures.

"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, July 9, 1926, page 2


PARKER & DUNLAP
THE HUMAN FORM DIVINE
    Can only be preserved true to Nature by the art of Photography. Having just completed a thorough course of constructions in Photography from Prof. S. L. Buser, of Chicago, and also availed ourselves of the very latest improvements in implements and stock, we are now prepared to produce work of the best style for those favoring us with their patronage. Having purchased a fine instrument for the purpose, we are also prepared to take Stereoscopic views of landscapes, residences or persons.
    Photos, per dozen . . . . . . . . . . . . $5 00
         "          "    half dozen     . . . . . . .   3 00
    Melanotypes, each   . . . . . . . . . . .        50
PARKER & DUNLAP.       
Democratic News, Jacksonville, September 24, 1870

EDWARD J. PARTRIDGE
(1884-85 Portland, 1885 The Dalles, 1887-89 Portland, 1890s-1930s Boston, Massachusetts)
    Mr. Partridge, the photographic artist of Portland, has opened his gallery on Oak Street . . . and will remain in Ashland till 8 o'clock p.m. Monday afternoon, Nov. 16.
Ashland Tidings, November 13, 1885, page 3
    Partridge, the Portland photographer who has recently been taking views of the fine scenery along the line of the O.&C.R.R., photographed some of W. C. Myers' fine stock while in Ashland.
Ashland Tidings, December 4, 1885, page 3

FLOYD PATRICK AND GANO
    Floyd Patrick and Ed Gano have leased the Weston photograph gallery on F Street and will conduct the same hereafter. Mr. Weston will take a vacation from the photograph business during the coming summer and will devote his attention to hop growing, having, with other parties, leased the Patton and Denise yards near Grants Pass.
"Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, January 16, 1902, page 3
    Floyd Patrick and Jose X. Nelson left this week with their photo tent and outfit, on a picture-making tour. They will probably be in Glendale till after the Fourth and will then locate for a time in Canyonville.

"Our Personal Column," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, July 2, 1903, page 3

    Floyd Patrick and Jose X. Nelson are now located with their photo tent at Oakland, Or., and are doing quite a brisk business in the picture line.
"Our Personal Column," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, August 13, 1903, page 3
    Floyd Patrick has a very interesting snapshot which he caught near Days Creek, Douglas County, showing a hog in the act of milking a cow.

"Cow Milked by a Hog," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, August 27, 1903, page 2

    Floyd Patrick returned this week from Oakland, Ore., where he has been in the photo business with Jose X. Nelson. He has sold his interest in the business to Mr. Nelson.

"Our Personal Column," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, August 27, 1903, page 3


FRANK AND JOSEPHINE PATTERSON (1911 Hood River, 1920 Eugene, 1921-28 Medford, 1928-40 Santa Rosa, California. Patterson continued to take Rogue Valley postcards through the 1930s.)
    Frank J. Patterson, a photographer from Eugene, left last night for the north after taking a number of pictures of Crater Lake.
"Local Briefs," Medford Mail Tribune, August 14, 1920, page 2
    Frank Patterson, the photographer of Oregon scenery, who has recently opened a wholesale studio in Medford, will deliver a lecture on amateur photography at the library tonight at 7:30. Everyone interested in the use of a Kodak will do well to attend. Admission is free.
"Personals," Medford Mail Tribune, April 19, 1921, page 3
    The illustrated lecture given at the Christian Church of this city Thursday evening by Frank Patterson, a scenic artist of Medford, was appreciated by a large audience of people.
"Large Audience Enjoys Lecture at Christian Church," Ashland Weekly Tidings, September 7, 1921, page 2
    Frank Patterson, Medford artist and photographer, and Mrs. Josephine Champie, pastor of the Christian Church of this city, were united in marriage at the First Christian Church of Ashland at 7:30 o'clock this morning, Rev. C. F. Koehler officiating.
"Rev. Mrs. Champie Married to Frank Patterson Today," Ashland Weekly Tidings, June 28, 1922, page 2
PATTERSON PICTURES MADE WITH COLORS
    The big picture of Crater Lake recently installed in the Jackson County Bank is attracting a great amount of attention, both from local people and transients, and is one of the best pictures of the lake ever seen in this city. It is the largest picture yet produced by the Patterson Studio, and one of the questions most frequently asked is, "How are the Patterson Pictures made?" They are made by painting over a photographic base. The painting is done entirely by hand, there being no airbrush work or other mechanical processes used. The colors used are the old-fashioned oil paints of the same general character used on pictures which were painted a hundred years ago. The painting is done entirely by Mr. and Mrs. Frank Patterson, who are artists of recognized ability. The photographs are made in the Patterson Studio here in Medford, from their own negatives.
    A picture made in this manner has a number of advantages over an ordinary painting. When an artist wishes to make a painting in the ordinary manner he first makes a sketch in charcoal and then paints over this. But the camera can make a more accurate drawing than the human hand. Yet no photographic means has ever been devised to reproduce the colors of nature as accurately as can be done by the hand of an artist. So that in painting by hand over a photographic sketch, as the Patterson Pictures are made, a picture is produced which is as accurate a reproduction of nature as it is possible to make.
    Patterson Pictures are sold locally by the Medford Book Store and Swem's Studio. They are handled to the exclusion of all others by the Crater Lake National Park Co., at their lodge, and are sold in California, Washington and Oregon by art dealers. On account of this method of distribution it is probable that no other scenic artists in the West can reach the public so thoroughly and so quickly. The advertising value of Patterson Pictures for the lake and Medford and Southern Oregon is of tremendous importance.
    The subject pictures are Crater Lake, Oregon Caves and the Redwood Highway. Last year there were produced and sold more than two thousand Patterson Pictures in color, besides twenty-three thousand postcards. The great majority of these pictures were sent east, and every one is a permanent advertisement of Oregon scenery and the Redwood Highway.
Medford Sun, February 3, 1924
, page 4
    Patterson Crater Lake pictures, framed, packed for shipment anywhere. Medford Book Store.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, December 10, 1924, page 2

LAKE SNOW TRAPS MAN
Photographer with Broken Ski Marooned in Cabin.

    KLAMATH FALLS, Or., Feb. 18.--(Special.)--R. [sic] Patterson, Medford photographer, is marooned in a government cabin in Crater Lake National Park, according to word received here today.
    On his way to the crater rim to take pictures of the Fort Klamath-Crater Lake ski race, one of Patterson's skis broke. Unable to proceed through the thick snow on foot, he was forced to seek shelter in a government building. A pair of skis was sent to him today.
Oregonian, Portland, February 19, 1927, page 6

    In the last five years there has grown up in Medford an industry which for volume and quality of product exceeds anything of the kind on the Pacific Coast, yet so unobtrusively has it grown that many Medford people scarcely realize its existence. We refer to the Patterson Studio.
    The Pattersons located here because of the opportunities offered by the unparalleled scenic features of Southern Oregon and Northern California.
    Two branches of work are produced, both being scenic in character and sold only to the wholesale trade.
    First: The PATTERSON PICTURES, which are hand colored in oil photographs, featuring especially Crater Lake. These find an outlet through the Crater Lake National Park Co., being sold exclusively at the Crater Lake Lodge, and through the Portland connections of the Patterson Studio.
    "Mrs. Patterson and I do all our own coloring in order to maintain the standard of our work," Mr. Patterson explained in an interview requested by the Mail Tribune for the New Year edition. "Three years ago the demand outgrew our supply, and we have since found it necessary to limit the market to fewer and still fewer authorized dealers."
    The enlarging apparatus installed at the Patterson Studio is the most efficient in the state and we are told by those in a position to know that pictures such as the one at the Jackson County Bank, at the Copco office in this city, at the first National Bank in Grants Pass and at Endert's Drug Store in Crescent City cannot be duplicated by any other studio in the Northwest.
    The second branch of work produced is the PATTERSON POST CARDS. These are photographic cards of scenic subjects only. Like many other industries which produce a five-cent article, the tremendous number of sales results in a business of surprising volume.
    There are two hundred and twenty-eight dealers handling the PATTERSON POST CARDS, distributed over the Pacific Highway from Eugene to Redding and on the Redwood Highway from Grants Pass to Ukiah, California. One hundred and ten of these dealers are supplied with PATTERSON display racks, which are an innovation in this sort of equipment.
    The largest dealer in PATTERSON POST CARDS is the Oregon Caves Resort at the Oregon Caves, where these photographic cards are sold exclusively.
    In 1926 more scenic photo cards were sold by the Patterson Studio than by any other scenic photographer in the West, and in 1927 there were nearly twice as many cards produced here as by any other western plant of the kind.
    To satisfy the demand for cards in 1927 required a staff of eight skilled workers employed at the Patterson Studio.
    The business depends almost entirely upon the tourist trade, and its value to Medford lies in the fact that it acts as a magnet for rolling tourist dollars amounting to thousands annually. The advertising value of such a great number of pictures of this mid-Pacific Empire can scarcely be overestimated.
Medford Mail Tribune, January 1, 1928, real estate section, page 8
Josephine Patterson
    Josephine Patterson, of "Patterson Pictures," is famed for her photographic artistries, along with those of her husband, who is known throughout the coast for the excellence of his work. The Patterson Studio is one of the largest producers of scenic pictures in this part of the West, and Patterson colored pictures and postcards are sold in practically all of the cities of the Pacific Coast.
"Business and Professional Women Achieve Much During the Past Year," Medford Mail Tribune, January 1, 1928, page F4
Patterson Pictures Please Patrons
    Frank and Josephine Patterson, the Patterson picture duo, are artists of rare excellence, and their pictures are known far and wide; especially is this true of their colored photographs of Crater Lake.
    They are also large producers of scenic postcards of the Oregon country and make a specialty of outdoor pictures.
    Their studio is strictly up to date in every way.

Medford Mail Tribune, January 1, 1928, page F6

    Medford realtors have placed an order for 25 thousand of Patterson's photos to be mailed out from the valley during Post Card Week, February 14th to 21st. . . . The views, usually selling for five cents apiece, are to be sold to the public in packages of five for 10 cents until the end of the week, as a means of advertising the Rogue River Valley to prospective settlers. . . .
    Each view is explained in writing inscribed at the bottom of the card. A particularly interesting bit is written below the picture of Medford's downtown section which reads: "A mountain spring of pure ice cold water in every home. Population 12,500. A 100 percent increase in seven years." The series includes views of the Pacific Highway, Crater Lake, Diamond Lake, where attention is called to the fishing and other points of interest. . . .
"Post Card Week Interest Lively, Starts Tuesday," Medford Mail Tribune, February 12, 1928, page 6

PATTERSON TO PRINT RECORD NUMBER CARDS
    "More than a million postcard scenes, including in their scope beauty spots between Cottage Grove and Redding, will be produced this year by the Patterson studios.
    "This figure is 60 percent greater than the number of southern Oregon and northern California postcard views made last year by the studios, Frank Patterson, owner, said yesterday. These postcards form one of southern Oregon's greatest advertising mediums.
    "Each year for the past seven years the studios have been making increasing numbers of pictures of this section. This year three times as many new scenes were ‘shot' as have been taken in any other previous year—now photos numbering 500 or more.
    "Four years ago the Patterson studios reached their limit in producing colored photos, chiefly Crater Lake views. Since then they have turned down many orders, Mr. Patterson said.
    "When asked what single picture was the best settler, Mr. Patterson displayed—not a photo of Crater Lake—but one of a huge redwood stump 11 feet across and 2,500 years old. Between its roots lies a fallen Sequoia giant 2,000 years old, which has lain there 2,500 years while the other tree grew around and over it.
    "Scenes of highway curves in the Siskiyous and near Crescent City are the next best sellers. As a subject, however, Crater Lake pictures sell best and the Oregon Caves resort is the biggest handler of scenic views.
    "Mr. Patterson's plant now employs eight persons, and automatic printing machines will be kept busy preparing the million prints for the tourists and home people to send to their friends in Florida and Maine."
Medford Daily News, June 25, 1929, page 8
    I. F. Koenig, connected with the Patterson Photo Service, plans to leave in a short time for Santa Rosa, Cal., where the headquarters of the service is now located, after having been in Medford some time. However, representatives of the company will make regular trips through this section, and Patterson postcards will continue to be sold in Medford and other Southern Oregon cities. Redwood and Coast Highway scenes will be principally featured henceforth. The Patterson interests have purchased the postcard business that had been carried on here by B. R. Harwood.
"To Join Mr. Patterson," Medford Mail Tribune, February 27, 1930, page 2


PATTON POST CARD CO.
(1908-18)
Salem, Oregon
Edwin Cooke Patton
Born: Salem, Oregon, August 12, 1868
Died: Woodburn, Oregon, December 24, 1929
    Patton Post Card Company was in business from 1908 until World War I and was operated in connection with Patton Brothers bookstore in Salem. Pictures were of a very fine black and white quality, each card printed by hand. Later, in order to meet competition, Patton was forced into selling the cheaper cards which were machine printed.
    Patton was the grandson of E. N. Cooke, Oregon state treasurer in the 1860s and from one of Salem's most prominent families. Patton had a variety of interests ranging from photography to being a magician.
    The postcard business was taken over by the Pacific Photo Company owned by Eugene Everette Lavalleur. The latter had been the cameraman for some of the best of the Patton cards. Lavalleur operated the business for several years in Salem and then sold to Charles Wesley Andrews of Baker. Today many of the negatives are in the files of the Oregon Historical Society.

Edwin D. Culp, "Oregon Postcards," Oregon Historical Quarterly, December 1965, page 327


CLIF PAYNE

    Mr. Frohbach, the representative here for the 1915 exposition, wants all exceptionally good photographs taken by amateurs in the city. They are to especially show surrounding scenery. Clif Payne and Chester Stevenson, who have taken some exceptional photographs, may place some on exhibit.

"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, November 12, 1914, page 5

    Chester Stevenson, Miss Nellie Ewan and Clif Payne will exhibit photographs at the Chautauqua bazaar.
"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, November 16, 1914, page 5
    In common with other members of the Siskiyou Kodak Club, Clif Payne has been taking some fine views of Ashland scenic surroundings, notably pictures of work recently done by volunteers on the scenic drive development job, which he is arranging in sets of about a dozen each. These pictures, although taken by amateurs at the business, nevertheless exhibit professional skill in all details.

"Ashland and Vicinity," Medford Mail Tribune, June 14, 1915, page 5


PEASLEY'S PHOTOGRAPHIC ARTS (1917-25 Portland, 1927-32 Medford)
Albert E. and Lorane M. Peasley
    Mr. and Mrs. Albert Peasley, formerly of Portland, have purchased the Issott Studio, 331 East Main Street, and will operate it under the name of "The Peasleys Photographic Art." The name was originated by Mr. Peasley when he opened a studio in Portland twelve years ago, and the fact that the Peasley name is still used in connection with the Portland studio is an evidence of their photographic reputation.
    Like many Oregonians, the Peasleys got the California fever, and worked in studios in Oakland and San Francisco. Deciding to go into business for themselves again, they went to Klamath Falls where they burned out last summer, after which they returned to San Francisco, where Mr. Peasley worked and Mrs. Peasley was head color artist at the Bossum studio.
    Seeking another location, after making a thorough investigation of the coast, they decided to locate in Medford. They are bringing here new ideas in lighting and mounting, as well as the latest and best equipment in their line.
    They will continue Mr. Issott's idea in specializing in baby pictures, as they formerly did in their Portland studio. The first offering in fine pictures will be "photo miniatures," which Mr. Peasley says will be sure to meet with favor with those interested in small portraits and yet having the distinctiveness of the larger work.
    Mrs. Peasley formerly lived in Medford, her name being Lorene M. Hannen, and left here about ten years ago to study color work and retouching in Los Angeles, later joining Mr. Peasley at the Portland studio.
"The Peasleys Purchase Issotts," Medford Mail Tribune, March 13, 1927, page B6
The Peasleys ad, April 10, 1927 Medford Mail Tribune
April 10, 1927 Medford Mail Tribune
Lorane M. Peasley
    The name Peasley has become synonymous with "excellence" in photographic service in Medford, and a large measure of credit is due Lorane Peasley, who assists her husband in the management of Peasley's Photographic Art Studio, located at 331 East Main Street. The Peasleys have a wide reputation here for their fine baby and children photography.
"Business and Professional Women Achieve Much During the Past Year," Medford Mail Tribune, January 1, 1928, page F4
The Peasleys Successful Artists
    Coming here from San Francisco a year ago, "The Peasleys" opened a studio, and with their experience as artists and their accommodating ways they at once won commendation from their patrons and have built up a business to be proud of.
    They do a general line of photography, but specialize in baby pictures. During the year they have taken over 800 pictures of Medford and southern Oregon babies and children.
    The Peasleys formerly conducted a studio in Portland.
    They came here because they believed in Medford's future, and after a year in business and living here they are fully convinced that "This Is a Great Country."

Medford Mail Tribune, January 1, 1928, page F7
    The Peasleys' new studio now open, opposite new Holly Theater.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, May 8, 1930, page 2

    "The Peasleys Photographic Art" is a name that has been known on the Pacific Coast, in San Francisco, Portland, Seattle and Medford, for 25 years. Mr. Peasley has been in the photographing business in Medford for four years, spending 10 years in the state metropolis before coming here.
    Peasleys have been located in their ground floor studio on Sixth Street for the past several months and, in connection with the opening of the new Holly Theatre, which is directly across the street, will hold open house Friday afternoon and evening. . . .
    Mr. Peasley, who is assisted in the studio by Mrs. Lorane Peasley, makes oil color photographs, etchings, pen sketches and shadow light studies. Kodak finishing is also done by the Peasleys in "crystal glow," a finish originated by Mr. Peasley.
"Hold Open House Peasley's Studio on Sixth Street," Medford Mail Tribune, August 29, 1930, page 5
The Peasleys ad, January 1, 1932 Medford Mail Tribune
January 1, 1932 Medford Mail Tribune

GEORGE PHEBY
    PHEBY Photographer Opp. Court House.
"Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, November 1, 1900, page 3
    Pheby the Photographer, whose stamp and multiple photos have attained such great popularity, is now introducing a small platino portrait taken in three positions, which, being given artistic and fancy lightings and finished in the latest carbon tones, are made extremely desirable.

"Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, January 17, 1901, page 3
    George Pheby, the photographer, is on the sick roll this week and has been compelled to suspend his business on that account.

"Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, February 7, 1901, page 3
    Mrs. C. J. Smythe, recently of Muscoda, Wisconsin, has assumed conduct of the Pheby photograph gallery on Sixth Street, lately conducted by E. D. Weston.
"Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, August 22, 1901, page 3

PORTLAND PORTRAIT CO.
    Messrs. W. H. Meeker & Co. have made arrangements with the Portland Portrait Company, whereby they are enabled to give with every ten dollars' worth of goods purchased at their store a life-size 16x20 portrait. These portraits are made by the best artists in the land and would be an ornament in any home. They cost you nothing. Every $10 purchase gets a portrait.
"Additional Local," Medford Mail, August 30, 1901, page 6

PORTLAND POST CARD CO.

Portland, Oregon. Their logo is overlapping letters PPCCo.; one of the funny-looking P's is backwards.

PROCESS CO.

690 Market St., San Francisco

PROGRESSIVE ART CO.
(1896)

PURDIN & ELLISON

    Purdin & Ellison are taking pictures for the citizens down here, and are doing well.
"Applegate Items," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, August 18, 1880, page 3
    The big camp meeting . . . was well patronized . . . the photographers, Purdin & Ellison, had the biggest custom I ever saw at any gallery.
"Applegate Items," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, September 8, 1880, page 1

MAHLON PURDIN

    M. Purdin, our photographer, has been visiting relatives and friends in Washington County.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 29, 1886, page 2

THOMAS J. RADCLIFFE (1937)

PROF. RAMSDALE

G. H. Ramsdell?
    Prof. Ramsdale of San Francisco is on his way here to open a photograph gallery. So says the Del Norte Record.
"Local Items," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, October 21, 1882, page 3

F. S. RANKIN
(1891 Wasco, 1892 Medford, 1902 Medford)
    The "Ancient Order of Hercules" as presented by the local K.P. order at the opera house last Wednesday evening was a grand success in every particular, the parts being well sustained by everyone engaged, the music excellent, and the hop after the play enjoyed by all. The matter of goat-riding is thoroughly understood by all our citizens now. George Schmitt, Adam Schmitt, Miss Birdie Schmitt of this place and Mr. Rankin, the Medford photographer, composed the orchestra.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, April 22, 1892, page 3
    F. S. Rankin, an old-time photographer of Medford, returned to this city from Indiana Sunday evening and will locate here. Mr. Rankin was located in this city about eight years ago and through ill health was compelled to leave for a time. He comments very favorably upon the many improvements in Medford during his long absence.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, May 9, 1902, page 6


RAY-ART
See Art-Ray


E. W. Redden portraitE. W. REDDEN

    The Redden gallery in Medford, on C Street, is now conducted by L. C. Van Exxe, an artist of ability, who will spare no pains to please the public. He employs the latest methods in photography, and his work is strictly first-class and up to date. When you are in that town don't fail to give him a call.

"Changed Hands," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, December 29, 1898, page 3 et seq.










H. M. RICE

    PHOTOGRAPHS.--H. M. Rice has fitted up the second story of the building occupied by B. Fisher, on California Street, in good shape and is fully prepared to take superior photographs of every style and size at low rates. He has many specimens on exhibition, which attest his skill. Call and see for yourself.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, December 7, 1883, page 3

    H. H. Rice has put up a photograph gallery at Medford.

"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, April 17, 1885, page 3

M. RIEDER

Los Angeles, Cal. Postcards mfd. in Germany.

ALONZO G. RIFENBURG
(1893)
    The firm of Rifenburg & Murphy, photographers, has been dissolved, Mr. Murphy returning to San Francisco and Mr. Rifenburg continuing the business in Medford.
"City Local Whirl," Medford Mail, March 17, 1893, page 3

    Since the dissolution of the firm of Rifenburg & Murphy, Mr. R. is continuing the business of photography, but will not stay long. Mr. Murphy has returned to San Francisco.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, March 31, 1893, page 3
Positively the Last Chance.
    Those wishing photographs taken by me must have the sittings made by the 11th of April, as I positively go away on the 15. This will enable me to finish all work before I close my studio in Medford. Respectfully,
A. G. RIFENBURG.           
Medford Mail, April 7, 1893, page 2    It wasn't the last chance.
    On account of the bad weather and by special request, I will remain in Medford and make sittings until the 24th of this month. This will enable all that wish photographs to secure sittings. Respectfully, A. G. Rifenburg.
"City Local Whirl," Medford Mail, April 14, 1893, page 3

    Rifenburg, the artist, will remain in Medford for a few days longer, in order to accommodate the graduating class of the public school and others desirous of securing sittings.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, April 21, 1893, page 3
    Photographer Rifenburg has moved his outfit to Grants Pass, where he will remain a few weeks.
"City Local Whirl," Medford Mail, May 19, 1893, page 3

    Rifenburg, the photographer, has removed to Grants Pass, where he will remain several weeks.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 26, 1893, page 2
    A. G. Rifenburg is still at Grants Pass and furnishing photographs of cabinet size for $2 a dozen.

"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 14, 1893, page 3
    A. G. Rifenburg, the photographer, has gone to Roseburg. He is a fair artist and a chronic growler.

"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 21, 1893, page 3
    A. G. Rifenburg, the photographer who was in Medford last winter and did such excellent work, has returned to Medford to remain a few weeks and close out his stock of plates and other material. The gentleman has purchased a placer mine in the vicinity of Cow Canyon and proposes to give mining his undivided attention.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, September 22, 1893, page 3
Photographer Returned.
    Rifenburg, the photographer, has returned to Medford and has opened the old gallery, for a short time only. Prepared to do work cheaper than ever. Owing to the scarcity of money, and in the near future a discontinuance in the business (as he intends engaging in other business), he will, until his stock of plates is closed out, make cabinet photographs at $2 per doz. Now remember, this is first-class work, and the price will last but a short time. He does this just to close out his stock of plates, cards and paper.
Medford Mail, September 22, 1893, page 3
    A. G. Rifenburg, the photographer, has returned for a short stay in Medford.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 22, 1893, page 3
    A. Rifenburg, wife and daughter, left Friday evening for San Francisco. They will return to Medford in about ten days and after a short stay here will go to their mining property in Cow Creek Canyon, where they will reside. The mine is a recent purchase of Mr. Rifenburg's and is said to be one of the richest placer fields in that locality.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, November 3, 1893, page 3
Photographs of the Departed.
    We have the 15,000, more or less, negatives made by Rifenburg & Murphy, from which we will print duplicate copies, at $2.00 per dozen.
WIRTH PHOTO CO.       
Medford Mail, November 30, 1894, page 3

T. F. McKennon, La Grande, 1892
Portrait of T. F. McKennon, La Grande, 1892
RIFENBURG & MURPHY 
    We wish to call the attention of the public to the beautiful photographs Messrs. Rifenburg & Murphy are making at their studio in Medford, at prices to suit the times. Call and see them, whether you want work or not.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, December 9, 1892, page 3
    Cabinet photographs are $3.00 per dozen at Rifenburg & Murphy's studio in Medford. Satisfaction guaranteed.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, December 9, 1892, page 3
    We make a specialty of photographing the little ones. Come and try us. Rifenburg & Murphy.

"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 27, 1893, page 3
    Rifenburg & Murphy, the S.F. photographers, leave Medford in thirty days for their annual trip through Idaho and Montana. Gallery open Sunday.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 27, 1893, page 3
     Rifenburg & Murphy, the S.F. photographers, leave Medford in 30 days for their usual trip through Idaho and Montana.
Southern Oregon Mail, January 27, 1893, page 3
    Don't let the disagreeable weather hinder you from coming. We can make pictures without the sun by our new method. Rifenburg & Murphy, Medford.

"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 27, 1893, page 3

    Don't let the disagreeable weather hinder you from coming. We can make pictures without the sun by our new method. Rifenburg & Murphy, Medford.
"Here and There," 
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 3, 1893, page 3
    The firm of Rifenburg & Murphy, photographers, has been dissolved, Mr. Murphy returning to San Francisco and Mr. Rifenburg continuing the business in Medford.

"City Local Whirl," Medford Mail, March 17, 1893, page 3

    Since the dissolution of the firm of Rifenburg & Murphy, Mr. R. is continuing the business of photography, but will not stay long. Mr. Murphy has returned to San Francisco.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, March 31, 1893, page 2

JAMES W. RIGGS
(1877-81 Ashland, 1883-87 Lewiston, Idaho, 1887 Roseburg, 1889-1913 Marshfield)
    If you want a good photograph of yourself call on J. W. Riggs at Ashland. Mr. Riggs is a first-class artist, and his charges are very reasonable.

"Random Jottings," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, September 26, 1877, page 3
J. W. Riggs March 22, 1878 Ashland Tidings
March 22, 1878 Ashland Tidings
    Yesterday morning a fire, originating in Smith's jewelry shop, swept all the west side of the main street of Ashland . . . [including] Rigg's photograph establishment.
"Serious Fire in Ashland," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, March 12, 1879, page 3
    J. W. Riggs, the photographic artist of Ashland, who suffered great loss in the Ashland conflagration, will soon make a tour through Josephine County.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, March 26, 1879, page 3
    COMING TO LOCATE.--J. W. Riggs, the Ashland photographer who is temporarily residing at this place at the present time, informs us that his parents, who have been residing in Jackson County for two or three years, are now on the way to this place, intending to locate here. The rheumatic affliction of his father has compelled him to remove from the rains and fogs of Rogue River Valley to the more salubrious climate of Goose Lake Valley.
State Line Herald, Lakeview, August 2, 1879, page 3
J. W. Riggs ad, January 16, 1880 Ashland Tidings
January 16, 1880 Ashland Tidings
    Notice the advertisement of J. W. Riggs, in another column. Mr. Riggs claims to take the best pictures that may be had in Southern Oregon, and his past reputation fully sustains his claim. His new gallery is a great improvement over any he has had before, and the work which he has already done here is his best recommendation. He has been kept quite busy since opening his new rooms, notwithstanding the cloudy weather.
Ashland Tidings, January 16, 1880, page 3
Ashland House hotel, circa 1880, J. W. Riggs
Ashland House hotel, circa 1880, J. W. Riggs
    J. W. Riggs has added some more new attractions to his gallery. Lovely backgrounds just received from New York. Go and see them, and have your photo taken.
The Coast Mail, Marshfield, March 6, 1890, page 3
    J. W. Riggs, our photographer, is turning out some of the finest work that has ever been done in Coos County. He has had twenty years experience, consequently he has no trouble in pleasing his customers. Don't fail to see his samples before going elsewhere. One price to everybody--remember that.
Coos Bay News, July 29, 1891, page 3
    J. W. Riggs, the photographer, was stricken with a slight case of paralysis last night. He is able to be about, but is suffering from the nervous shock. His entire right side was affected.
"Tattle of the Town," The Coos Bay Times, May 13, 1909, page 3
    J. W. Riggs and wife are moving onto the Ross ranch on Catching Inlet.
"Personal Notes," The Coos Bay Times, October 31, 1912, page 5

MIKE ROBERTS COLOR PRODUCTION

Berkeley 2, California

L. W. ROBBINS

    If you want camera or photographic supplies of any kind don't fail to call on L. W. Robbins of Central Point, who keeps a complete supply of the best in that line. He is an expert landscape and portrait photographer, and is well qualified to judge what the people want. His prices are reasonable, and he guarantees satisfaction.

"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 15, 1901, page 5

ROBISON

    Robison's photograph car, No. 13, was on the side track Tuesday night, having arrived from Jacksonville, whee it had been for the last two weeks. It was taken to Sisson, Cal., on No. 32 Wednesday morning.
"Bits of Local Railroad News," Medford Mail, December 14, 1895, page 5

ROGUE VALLEY MANOR

RVM logo. Mirro-Krome postcards mfd. by H. S. Croker Co., San Francisco 1, Calif.; published by Rogue Valley Manor

ROSE
    Mr. Rose, the photographer, has leased the St. Mary's Academy premises and will operate his gallery as well as reside there.
"Our Correspondents: Jacksonville," Medford Mail Tribune, October 14, 1911, page 10

H. ROYLE
Canyonville, Oregon postcard publisher

O. D. SAFFORD (1866)

SAFFORD & THATCHER (1886)
PHOTOGRAPHIC
GALLERY JUST OPENED,
On Oregon Street.
NEXT DOOR TO LINN & HALL'S CABINET SHOP
Photographs per doz. . . . . . .$5.00
Photographs per ½ doz. . . . . .  3.00
Single Ambrotypes . . . . . . .$1 @ 8.00
    The citizens of Jacksonville and vicinity are respectfully informed that the undersigned artists have opened a PHOTOGRAPHIC GALLERY in this place and are prepared to execute work in their line
In the Finest Style of the Art.
SAFFORD & THATCHER.       
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, December 29, 1886, page 1

F. W. SAWYER
(1873 McMinnville, 1880 Jacksonville, 1890 Grants Pass, 1891 Moonville)
    SAWYER'S NEW GALLERY.--Is now in Jacksonville and will remain for a short time. Everything is new, instruments, chemicals, &c., and having had a long experience in the business feels confident of giving satisfaction to all who may give him a call. His prices are as reasonable as such work can be afforded. Special attention given to children. Gallery on corner in rear of Holt's new hotel.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, October 27, 1880, page 3
    Mr. Sawyer is still here and making first-class work. Call and see his large pictures, they are hard to beat. He will go to Ashland next week, and all who wish work should call at once.
"Local Items,"
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, November 10, 1880, page 3
    F. W. Sawyer, of Grants Pass, has erected a photograph gallery at Moonville, and is doing a good business. His work is first class.
"Sams Valley Items," Ashland Tidings, July 24, 1891, page 2

SAWYER'S
(1911-)
Carlton Sawyer, Portland


I. SCHEFF & BROS.

San Francisco, Cal.; printed in Austria.

SCHNEEBECK NEWS AGENCY

Klamath Falls, Oregon linen postcard by E. C. Kropp Co., Milwaukee, Wis.

HARRY U. SCHOLZ
(Medford circa 1910-20)

MABEL P. SCOTT
(Sams Valley circa 1908-18)


WYNNE SCOTT
(1912-15)
Wynne Scott ad, September 19, 1912 Ashland Tidings
September 19, 1912 Ashland Tidings
    H. J. Boyd has rented his studio for a year to Mrs. Wynne Scott of Jules City, Kan. Mr. Boyd will take a needed rest during the term of the lease, having been tied to the studio for 24 years.
"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, June 20, 1912, page 5
Wynne Scott ad, September 19, 1912 Ashland Tidings
November 28, 1912 Ashland Tidings
    Wynne Scott, the photographer, who has occupied the Boyd studio for some months past, has leased the room occupied by Madame Dilhan's millinery store and will move her gallery there about June 1. The room will be fitted up in fine shape for the purpose and will in addition to the gallery contain living rooms for Mrs. Scott and her daughters. Mrs. Scott has earned an enviable reputation for her fine work since coming to Ashland and will doubtless do well in her new location.
"For New Gallery,"
Ashland Tidings, April 24, 1913, page 8
    Mrs. Wynne Scott has disposed of her photograph business at Ashland and removed to Medford, where she will have charge of the portrait department of the studio of Gerking & Harmon.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, September 3, 1913, page 4

    Wynne Scott, one of the most up-to-date portrait artists on the Pacific Coast, is taking charge of the portrait department for the Gerking & Harmon Photo Company, 228 East Main Street.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, September 10-October 22, 1913, page 2

    Mrs. Wynne Scott, photographer, who has conducted studios in both Ashland and Medford, has leased the Camps studio in this city, and will reopen the old familiar headquarters at an early date. Her daughter, Ruth, will assist her.
"Ashland and Vicinity," Medford Mail Tribune, April 2, 1915, page 5

    Two Ashland photographers, B. H. Hinthorne and Mrs. Wynne Scott, conduct studios in northern California towns, the former at Yreka and the latter at Dunsmuir. Hinthorne's studio at Yreka is a branch of his Ashland establishment.

"Ashland and Vicinity," Medford Mail Tribune, August 28, 1915, page 5

    Elmer Ketchum is the new clerk at Butler's confectionery, replacing Miss Ruth Scott, who has gone to Dunsmuir, where her mother, Mrs. Wynne Scott, is conducting a photo studio.
"Ashland and Vicinity," Medford Mail Tribune, October 18, 1915, page 5

EMIL F. SEIFERT (1894)
    E. Seifert, who has been photographing a number of the larger mines, contemplates locating in Jacksonville.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, March 22, 1894, page 3

SHACK & TOM

    Kodak finishing a specialty, and commercial photography. Prompt service. Shack & Tom with a smile, Medford Bldg.
"Local and Personal," Medford Sun, November 18, 1923, page 2

JAMES VERNE SHANGLE (1927-52)
PLANS TO OPEN STUDIO HERE
    Medford is to have a new photographers studio this fall, it was announced today. J. Verne Shangle of Portland has been in the city this week and has made arrangements for opening his studio in the Medford Building in about two weeks.
    Mr. Shangle has had considerable experience in portrait work, as he has been connected with Steffens-Colmer of Portland for the past several weeks. The new studio will be known as the Brownie Studio.
Medford Mail Tribune, September 9, 1927, page 5

MINER ADVERTISER HONORED
    Verne Shangle, Medford photographer, who has been making a bid for Jacksonville business through columns of The Miner, was this week awarded contract for photographing all fruit illustrations to be used in the new Pear Export Manual published by the Oregon-Washington Pear Bureau and distributed throughout the world.
The Jacksonville Miner, February 26, 1932, page 2

    SHANGLE STUDIO BRINGS MODERNISM TO VALLEY
    Verne Shangle, staff photographer and portrait maker of note, has been credited with bringing some of the most advanced, up-to-date methods to local residents formerly available only in centers of population such as San Francisco and Portland.
    Futuristic backgrounds, cubistic settings and more conservative layouts have been designed by the photographer, whose marked success has been due to his adherence to the principle that quality, and quality alone, build for permanence in business. Shangle has the honor of designing several illustrations to be used in advertising Pacific Northwest pears to the entire world and brings this work to southern Oregon for the first time. His photographs competed with those of foremost experts up and down the entire coast
    In addition to offering far superior work Mr. Shangle also is making a special inducement to school students this spring--not only does he offer incomparable craftsmanship and artistry but also, for a few more days, he will grant all scholars and graduates desiring portraits a special reduction in prices, which will mean quite a saving to southern Oregon.
    Verne Shangle is located on the third floor of the Medford Building in Medford.
The Jacksonville Miner, May 27, 1932, page 2

Shangle Studio Makes Record
    J. Verne Shangle came to Medford in September, 1917, after having been associated with many of the leading photo studios or Portland, Oregon.
    Since his arrival in Medford has had been located in the Medford Bldg., except for a short time when he was located over the Lamport sporting goods store, during the last few months of 1927.
    At the present time the Shangle Studio is classed as one of the largest and finest equipped studios between Portland and Sacramento, Calif. The class of photographs made by this studio has brought it recognition not only in this territory, but at the Pacific Coast conventions, where, the two times photographs were exhibited in competition, Salon Honors were won twice--these honors being the highest photographic award bestowed by a photographers' convention, and this studio is the only one between Eugene and Sacramento to ever wine.
    Mr. Shangle is a progressive business man of this territory--a member, and chairman of the membership committee of the Medford Chamber of Commerce, which organization has done so much for this territory during the last six months. The membership committee has set a record for increase in membership that has received national comment. He is also a member of the general committee of the Oregon Diamond Jubilee celebration to be held in Medford next June 3rd (week of June 3rd). Mention of the Medford Chamber of Commerce prompts us here to mention that the major activity of that organization is agricultural development, a very worthy program, and it has already done some wonderful work for the farmer.
    M. Shangle is grateful for the patronage and support he has received and, during the course of conversation with our correspondent, stated: "Our success has been due to always making a photograph that is as good as can be made. We spare no expense in making photographs, in fact, the byword of our workroom is: 'THE PHOTOGRAPH MUST BE GOOD'."
Central Point American, November 2, 1933, page 1

    Extensive alterations, which will include complete redecorating and rearrangements of displays, are under way this week at the studios in the Medford Building of J. Verne Shangle, photographer of personality portraits. . . .
    Personnel of the studio, besides Mr. Shangle, now includes Al F. Kroeber, photographic technician and commercial specialist from Portland, who is in charge of production, and Mrs. A. L. Jewett, who is taking the place of Mrs. Edith Wingfield during the latter's six months' visit in Australia.
"Shangle Studios Being Refurbished, " Medford Mail Tribune, August 23, 1935, page 11
SHANGLE, JAMES VERNE
Commercial and Portrait Photographer.
b. Portland, Oregon Aug. 18, 1902; son of Frank Marion and Eva Shangle; father was captain of a one-thousand-wagon division in train to Oregon in 1840s; educated public and technical schools; m. Ruth R. Galliher of Seattle June 10, 1928; children Verne G., Robert D., Carolyn Ruth; began as a newspaper carrier in Portland; fishing, mining and trapping in Alaska 1914-18; with Alaska Juneau Gold Mining Company 1918-19; with A. Guthrie Company of Portland 1919-21; Steffens Colmer Studio 1921-25; D. Perry Evans Studio 1925-26; owner Shangle Studio of Medford since 1927; professional photography, portrait, aerial and commercial; instrumental in organizing boys' basketball school in 1935, later known as Medford Athletic Association; selected for Who's Who in American Portrait Photography 1942 (one of two selected from Oregon and one of 269 from the entire United States); member of Chamber of Commerce (director Jackson County 1934-38); Lion (president 1937); member Y.M.C.A. board of directors 1944-; Elk; Republican; Presbyterian (member board of trustees since 1942, chairman 1945); home 1445 Kings Highway; office 321 Medford Bldg., Medford
.
Capitol's Who's Who for Oregon 1948-49, page 503
    Mr. [J. Verne] Shangle won a number of photographic honors. He sold the studio to Carl Landis in 1953.
"Shangle, Retired Photographer, Dies," Medford Mail Tribune, November 19, 1982, page 6


SHANGLE-BUTLER STUDIO (1928)
J. Verne Shangle and Jeunesse Butler
NEW PHOTO STUDIO TO OPEN TONIGHT
    The new Shangle-Butler Studio, one of the most attractive and modern photographic studios in Oregon, will make its debut to southern Oregon people this evening between the hours of seven and eleven o'clock, and a cordial invitation to the public to attend the formal opening has been extended by J. Verne Shangle and Miss Jeunesse Butler, its proprietors. And those who attend the opening tonight may expect a real surprise, as the new studio is a model of its kind.
    After leaving the elevator on the third floor of the Medford Center Building, the first glimpse of the Shangle-Butler Studio is of the tastefully furnished reception room. The main studio adjoins this reception room and is arranged so that the most difficult photographic work may be easily handled. The best studio lighting facilities are provided, and the most up-to-date equipment has been installed. An exhibit room and a dressing room have also been provided for the convenience of patrons at the Shangle-Butler Studio.
    In back of the studio room is the spacious laboratory and dark room, which complete Medford's newest photo studio. Altogether it covers 1300 square feet of floor space.
    J. Verne Shangle and Miss Jeunesse Butler, the proprietors of the Shangle-Butler Studio, need no introduction to southern Oregon people. Mr. Shangle was formerly associated with the Steffens Colmer Studio of Portland, one of the Pacific Coast's best-known photographic concerns. He was also a member of the Portland Camera Club. While in the Rose City, Mr. Shangle won a reputation for his excellent photographs of children and was considered an authority on child photography. Recently he established a headquarters with the Harwood Photo Studio, where he handled his photographic business prior to the opening of the present Medford Building studio.
    Miss Butler has been identified with business activities in this city for several years, and she is well fitted to fill the capacity of business manager of the Shangle-Butler Studio. Miss Butler has also been active in musical circles of this city, and at the present is engaged in newspaper work. Her many friends in Medford are wishing her success in her new enterprise.
Medford Mail Tribune, January 14, 1928, page 3

Miss Butler Sells Interest
    J. Verne Shangle of the Shangle-Butler Studio in the Medford Building has purchased the interests of Miss Jeunesse Butler, associated with him in the concern, it was learned today, and in the future will be sole owner and manager of the business. Mr. Shangle came to Medford last fall, and for a while engaged in portrait work at the Harwood Studio, afterward opening a fine new studio in his present location. He has enjoyed a successful business from that time, and has started the first camera club in this city, which has interested a large number of local camera enthusiasts. Miss Butler will devote her time to writing and newspaper work, in which she has been engaged in the past three years.
Medford Mail Tribune, February 18, 1928


F. S. SHEARER (1901)
    J. W. Hunter and F. S. Shearer, expert photographers, who lately arrived from Kansas, have rented the gallery occupied by Mackey & Boyd, and will take possession about April 1st.
"Medford Squibs,"
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, March 21, 1901, page 5

DWAINE SMITH

Photographer Writes Article for Magazine
    An illustrated article in the last issue of The Rangefinder, professional magazine for photographers, was adapted from a letter by Dwaine Smith of Medford's Classic Studio.
   Entitled "Shakespeare Never Knew How Much He Needed a Photographer," the material concerns Mr. Smith's work as staff photographer for the Oregon Shakespeare Festival at Ashland.
    The photographer begins the season by taking identification pictures of each company member, then takes portraits of those in the cast and on the staff, these numbering about 90, and makes about 16 special photographs for the festival program.
    In addition Mr. Smith takes dozens of publicity shots for newspapers and magazines, and during the time the plays are in production takes stage shots after performances.
    In the article Mr. Smith gave details of the type of equipment he uses and other information of interest to professional photographers. Mr. Smith closes his Medford studio during the time of the festival season, and does little photography outside of his festival schedule.
    Mr. Smith and his wife, who assists with the studio work, were in Portland recently for the Pacific International Photographs meeting, held at the Sheraton Hotel. Four of Mr. Smith's portraits were selected for the exhibit, which was a part of the convention. One was of Philip Hanson, actor, another was a wedding portrait of the former Sally Harris, the third was a portrait of Miss Sandy Cauble and the fourth a profile of Sandra Carmichael.
Medford Mail Tribune, June 14, 1960, page 6

ERNEST W. SMITH (Butte Falls 1910-1970s)
    Smith's photographic hobby developed rapidly after his parents gave him his first camera, "just a plain old Eastman Kodak Model 3A." It lasted the next 30 years. It was 1910 and the 22-year-old immediately set up a homemade darkroom in his mother's pantry.
"Ernest Smith," Medford Mail Tribune, August 6, 1978, page D1

SMITH-WESTERN

Tacoma, Washington

SMITH'S SCENIC VIEWS
(1930s-)
Tacoma, Washington

MRS. C. J. SMYTHE
Mrs. C. J. Smythe ad, July 3, 1902 Rogue River Courier    Mrs. C. J. Smythe, recently of Muscoda, Wisconsin, has assumed conduct of the Pheby photograph gallery on Sixth Street, lately conducted by E. D. Weston.
"Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, August 22, 1901, page 3
    We are preparing a display of OUR OWN MAKE of photos. We solicit a sitting from you.--C. J. Smythe.
"Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, September 5, 1901, page 3
Cabinets $1.50.
    Mrs. C. J. Smythe is making a big reduction on duplicate photographs from any of the Weston negatives, giving a dozen cabinets for $1.50. A dozen stamp pictures free with each original order for a dozen cabinets. Office hours 10:30 a.m. to 3:30 p.m. Opposite court house.
Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, March 27, 1902, page 2


SOUTHERN PACIFIC RAILROAD

The Southern Pacific's "Road of a Thousand Wonders" slogan was first used around January 1906 in magazine ads and a booklet of the same name. The phrase was used in SP newspaper advertising January 1907 through 1917.
    A special Southern Pacific car brought traveling passenger agent Jones and photographers Putman and Porteous, of Los Angeles, California, to Oregon City Monday. These gentlemen have spent some time getting Oregon views for the new advertisements the Southern Pacific is publishing. They secured several fine views of the city and vicinity.
"Personals," Oregon City Enterprise, June 10, 1898, page 6
    The Southern Pacific is sending a San Francisco photographer into the Crater Lake country for the purpose of taking views of the scenery that may be used later on for advertising the district as a summer resort region.
"To Advertise Crater Lake," Morning Oregonian, Portland, June 11, 1903, page 14
    The Southern Pacific Company recently had its official photographer make a large number of views in Oregon.
"Exploits the West," Morning Oregonian, Portland, January 16, 1908, page 11
    Jesse Livermore, C. F. Miller, Southern Pacific photographer, Miss Maie Ely, of Portland, and Miss Gladys Duncan, of Red Bluff, Cal., returned today from a trip to [Crater Lake], where they went in Mr. Miller's automobile.
"Butterflies Fly High," Morning Oregonian, August 11, 1910, page 5
    State Game Warden Finley, accompanied by official photographer Miller of the Southern Pacific, passed through Medford Thursday en route to Klamath Falls, where they will secure photos of wild bird life. Thence they go to Crater Lake and thence down the Rogue. They are arranging pictures for a motion picture film of fish, bird and game life to awaken interest in the public in protecting wild creatures. Mr. Finley wants to take a moving picture of a battle with a Rogue River steelhead and calls for volunteer anglers to make a demonstration.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, July 5, 1912, page 2

    About September 15 the Southern Pacific Company will have Mr. Rufus Steele and an expert photographer in Ashland for a week to prepare advertising copy for the 1915 advertising.
"Some Criticism," Ashland Tidings, August 31, 1914, page 1

    Many beautiful views were taken here by the Southern Pacific staff photographer, which will be used in the new booklets. He left this evening for San Francisco.
"Rufus Steele Talks on Springs Project," Ashland Tidings, September 17, 1914, page 1
    The Southern Pacific is circulating a lot of picture post cards specially calling attention to the big exposition
[the Panama-Pacific International Exposition in San Francisco], though incidentally admonishing one and all, in visiting the coast and in order to obtain comprehensive ideas regarding the whole Pacific section, to come via San Diego and San Francisco, returning by Portland and Ogden, or vice versa. They say this first edition of the post card series numbers 50,000.
"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, December 28, 1914, page 5
Southern Pacific Man Photographs Lava Beds
    For the use at the fair and for material for a new folder, F. A. Lathe, H. H. Caine and Eli Harter of the Southern Pacific Company came up from San Francisco to take moving and stationary pictures of scenic points in the Klamath region.
    Yesterday they photographed the Lava Beds. Today they go to Crater Lake.
The Evening Herald, Klamath Falls, September 14, 1915, page 1
    Word was received this morning from Southern Pacific officials at San Francisco that one of the official photographers of the railroad would arrive in Ashland Saturday evening prepared to accompany the excursion from Ashland to the summit of the snow-crowned mountain which bears Ashland's name.
"Start 5:30 Sunday for Mount Ashland," Ashland Tidings, August 24, 1916, page 1

SOUVENIR PUBLISHING CO.

See Edward H. Mitchell

SPROUSE & SON

Tacoma, Washington tinted matte stochastic screen, mfd. in Germany.

CALVIN F. STAMPER
(1930-31)
NEW PHOTOGRAPH STUDIO INSTALLED BY C. F. STAMPER
    C. F. Stamper, who came here recently from Seattle, has leased rooms on the second floor of the Davis Building at 32 N. Central Avenue, and has opened a studio.
    Extensive improvements have been completed so that the new studio will be one of the largest and best equipped in this part of the state, Mr. Stamper stated today.
    As a special opening offer which will introduce Mr. Stamper's photographic art to the people of Medford and southern Oregon, one large portrait in an up-to-date easel folder will be presented with each order of one dozen photographs regardless of the size or price.
    This offer will be effective including Saturday, according to Mr. Stamper.
Medford Mail Tribune, November 7, 1930, page 13

STAR PHOTO SHOP (1916)
    STAR PHOTO HOUSE, J. J. Owing, Leonard Wood, cor Laurel and W. Main
1916 Medford City Directory   
    A free picture of your baby, age from 6 to 12 months. At the Star Photo Shop. Corner Main and Laurel.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, September 5, 1916, page 2

ALEXANDER J. STARK
(1920s-50s)
Signed "Zan"

STEVENSON'S STUDIOS
(ca. 1912-24)
Chester Stevenson; published in Eugene, Oregon. Backslanted handwritten legend; some have a handwritten "Cs" logo of a large "C" wrapped around a small "S."

    Word has been received here that Chester Stevenson, who went to Albany recently for an operation for appendicitis and other trouble, was operated on Saturday with satisfactory results, and that he is doing as well as can be expected.
"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, July 4, 1912, page 5

    Chester Stevenson, Miss Nellie Ewan and Clif Payne will exhibit photographs at the Chautauqua bazaar.
"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, November 16, 1914, page 5

    Sunday's Oregonian carried a two-column picture of our big parade Friday. . . The photograph for the occasion was taken by Chester Stevenson, and it was finished and on its way to Portland within fifteen minutes after the parade went by.
"Good Outside Notice," Ashland Tidings, March 1, 1915, page 4

    Chester Stevenson has installed an exhibit of Ashland views and other photographs in one of the recesses at the foot of the stairs which lead up to the Commercial Club. The exhibit is worth looking over.
"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, March 29, 1915, page 5

    In connection with their work along publicity lines, the young ladies of the Auxiliary Civic Improvement Club are making use of thousands of picture post cards. These views are specifically scenic and represent Ashland's assets in this particular to best advantage. The initial 1000 copies have just been supplied by Chester Stevenson.
"Ashland and Vicinity," Medford Mail Tribune, April 16, 1915, page 2
    The Civic Improvement Club has had fifteen hundred post cards made by Chester Stevenson and are putting them on sale at all of the stores that handle cards. The cards are some of the best views obtainable of Ashland. The Ashland slogan is printed upon them. All residents are urged to purchase some and send them to friends.
"Ashland Slogan on 1,500 Post Cards," Ashland Tidings, April 22, 1915, page 1

    Members of the "Everywoman" [theater] troupe bought bountifully of postal card pictures supplied the drug stores by artist Stevenson and mailed them to their eastern friends.

"Club's Postcard Plan Is Popular," Ashland Tidings, April 26, 1915, page 1

    It was announced that the railroad would allow the ladies permission to sell Ashland postcards from the exhibit building at the [railroad] station.

"Civic Club Ladies Getting Results," Ashland Tidings, April 29, 1915, page 1
Chester Stevenson, May 20, 1915 Ashland Tidings
May 20, 1915 Ashland Tidings
    Mr. Stevenson came to Ashland four years ago from North Yakima, Wash., where he owned and conducted the largest department store in the city. Mr. Stevenson came to Ashland for health considerations and has not engaged in business here, being well off in this world's goods. He bought the Johnson place on Wimer Street on his arrival here. He has spent a goodly part of his time in pursuance of a bent for photography since coming to Ashland and has made a statewide reputation as an outdoor photographic artist.
"Chester Stevenson Named for Springs Water Commissioner," Ashland Tidings, May 20, 1915, page 1
Distribute Ashland Views to Tourists
    Six thousand postcard-size photos of Ashland scenes taken by Chester Stevenson have been made and are being distributed by the Commercial Club publicity department and the ladies who distribute flowers to the passengers on trains at the station. The cards are beautiful pieces of photography and have elicited much favorable comment from the recipients. On the back is printed the following:
    "Ashland, Oregon, the City Beautiful.
    "This card is presented to you with the compliments of the publicity department of the Ashland Commercial Club, with the hope you will keep it as a souvenir of your brief stay in our city. With it go our best wishes for a pleasant journey.
    "Ashland is one of the most beautiful cities in America. Those who visit us say it is, and we, who live here, believe it is. That is why we live here. The picture on this card will indicate to you something of its beauty. Ashland offers the visitor and sojourner health and recreation. Health in drinking the curative waters of its wonderful lithia, soda and sulfur springs and in its matchless climate. Recreation in the enjoyment of its countless scenic attractions. No resort in America has more to offer the tourist. No city is more attractive as a permanent home.
    "It is our hope you will make us a visit some day. We will be glad to see you, glad to welcome you to Ashland--'The Carlsbad of America.'"
Ashland Tidings, June 24, 1915, page 1
    Chester Stevenson has developed the pictures taken along the Pacific Highway from here to the California line on Tuesday, when he and the manager of the publicity department spent the greater part of the day getting views of the scenery and roadbed for advertising purposes. . . . One picture taken by Mr. Stevenson from a point below the Siskiyou station on the Southern Pacific is especially fine as it shows a complete horseshoe curve on the highway.
"Newsy Publicity Department Items," Ashland Tidings, July 15, 1915, page 1
    Chester Stevenson and Archie Eubanks, at home from Crater Lake, made a record trip inside of six days, inasmuch as the trip was made by a leisurely team. They stopped over a day at Lake of the Woods. Instead of fish and bear meat they brought back elegant views of incomparable scenery in those parts.

"Ashland and Vicinity," Medford Mail Tribune, August 11, 1915, page 3

    During the past 90 days the local Commercial Club's publicity department has distributed 16,500 pieces of literature in addition to mailing 1000 personal letters. Specifically there were 7000 of the new booklets, 2500 leaflets and 7000 picture post cards, in addition to the general correspondence.
"Ashland and Vicinity," Medford Mail Tribune, September 6, 1915, page 7
Stevenson Gets Good Park Views
    Chester Stevenson is taking a number of views of the new Lithia Park and is securing some exceptionally good pictures. A flashlight of E. N. Butler and wife and Harvey Ling taken at the sulfur spring in the cave in the park is among the best. Postcards of the new views will be out before long.
Ashland Tidings, January 13, 1916, page 1
Will Make Strong Combination
    Chester Stevenson with his large line of local view photographs and commercial work has consolidated with Mr. Hinthorne of the Studio Ashland. Mr. Stevenson has established a more than local reputation as a scenic photographer and has secured hundreds of view of the parks and scenic vistas of Ashland which have been circulated all over the world in postcard form. Mr. Hinthorne is more than a photographer of faces, he is an artist, bringing out the best points of his subjects with an unfailing artistry which has won him a large patronage. The two gentlemen should make a strong and successful combination.
Ashland Tidings, February 17, 1916, page 8
    The Hinthorne and Stevenson photographic studios will be merged at the headquarters of the former. Hinthorne will conduct the studio and Stevenson will devote special attention to outdoor phases of the art, especially exteriors and scenic attractions.
"Ashland and Vicinity," Medford Mail Tribune, February 23, 1916, page 3
    A. L. Lamb is busy putting a new glass front in the photographic studio formerly occupied by H. J. Boyd and which has been leased by Chester Stevenson. Mr. Stevenson recently severed his connections with the Studio Ashland, according to report, and will establish his own business. He will include indoor photography while not neglecting outdoor photography, along which lines he has established quite a reputation.
"Chester Stevenson Leases Boyd Studio," Ashland Tidings, January 25, 1917, page 8
    Chester Stevenson, photographer and owner of the former Johnson peach orchard on Wimer Heights, has rented the L. L. Mulit residence on Church Street, recently vacated by Louis Schwein.

"Ashland and Vicinity," Medford Mail Tribune, August 10, 1917, page 3
    Chester Stevenson, photographer, has moved from the Mulit house on Church Street to his newly acquired property on Nob Hill Terrace, which he bought of E. E. Phipps.

"Ashland and Vicinity," Medford Mail Tribune, November 6, 1917, page 4

Stevenson Studio ad, December 17, 1917 Ashland Tidings
December 17, 1917 Ashland Tidings
    Chester Stevenson, the former well-known photographer of Ashland, . . . is in the uniform of a Coast Artilleryman, from which service he was recently discharged after being stationed at Fort Stevens since last September. He offered his services in the aviation department early last summer, and later received orders to go to Rochester, N.Y. for a few weeks' training in the photographic observation unit preparatory to overseas service.
"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, January 14, 1919, page 5

    Chester Stevenson, rancher and orchardist, also kodaker between times, is doing such a mob of work in photography that he has equipped a studio in the Ashland Improvement block. His stronghold is in in depicting out-of-doors life, and his scenic views along this line will be added to the local display at the San Francisco show.
"Ashland's Debt Reduced $40,000 in Past Year," Medford Mail Tribune, December 29, 1924, page 3

CARLYLE F. STOUT

Postcards marked Ashland, OR ©1993
Carlyle Stout, July 24, 1984 Ashland Tidings
    Stout is giving [postcards] a new dimension, and that's not just because his cards are 4 by 6 inches. The Ashland amateur photographer is injecting the local touch into a watered-down, generic market.
    For the past month, the attorney by trade has spent portions of his weekends hopping from door to door, showing off the postcards of six snappy shots he took of Ashland and the surrounding area. . . .
    Stout . . . sank $2,700 into 30,000 cards--5,000 copies of each picture. Under the business name of Lithia Photography, he is trying to turn a lifetime hobby into a profitable venture. . . .
    When Stout decided to jump into the postcard biz, he faced a small dilemma--what scenes should he use? He decided one major criterion, besides the quality of the cards, would be subject matter that appealed to tourists and locals.
    First, he thought, he needed a good view of Ashland proper. That was accomplished with a picture taken from the east hills, in which a group of grazing cows in the foreground conveniently masks Interstate 5.
    The Oregon Shakespeare Festival, naturally, earned two cards. For the last three, he chose two beautific [sic] winter views of Crater Lake and a panoramic look at snow-covered Mount McLoughlin.
"Postmark Ashland: Shutterbug Brings Cards Closer to Home," Ashland Daily Tidings, July 24, 1984, page 7

DENNIS H. STOVALL

    D. H. Stovall, Grants Pass, Oregon
"Oregon's Photographers," Oregon Journal, Portland, September 8, 1907, page 14

JOSEPH C.  and JEPTHAH L. STRATFORD (1898-99 Jacksonville, 1898 Ashland, 1899 Roseburg, 1901-03 Marshfield, 1911 Creswell)
    Rev. J. L. Stratford has opened a photograph gallery in Ryan's building on California Street, over Wendt & Puhl's store.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, March 24, 1898, page 3
    Rev. J. L. Stratford, who is a photographer as well as a minister of the gospel, has opened a gallery in Ryan's building, two doors east of the post office, upstairs.

"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, April 11, 1898, page 3
    Mrs. C. H. Basye is instructing a large class in elocution with success. Her pupils were photographed in the courthouse square on Saturday last by Rev. J. L. Stratford.

"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 9, 1898, page 3
    Rev. J. L. Stratford, the preacher-photographer, has erected a tent near his residence, and is taking quite a number of excellent pictures.

"Local Notes,"
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 12, 1898, page 3
    Mrs. S. L. Stratford, mother of Rev. J. L. Stratford, of Jacksonville, together with her son J. C. Stratford arrived from California last Thursday evening and continued their journey to Jacksonville, where they will stop for a short time. These people will probably locate in this valley permanently.
"Personal," Medford Monitor-Miner, June 16, 1898, page 3
    Mr. Stratford, lately from California, has opened a photograph gallery in Aiken's building on California Street.

"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 23, 1898, page 3
Still with Us.
    J. C. Stratford, the photographer, did not go to Ashland, as announced in the last issue of The Times. The people of Jacksonville and vicinity have such an appreciation of good photographs that he could not possibly get away on such short notice; so he has decided to stay with us until August 1st. Mr. S.'s superior in his line has never been in southern Oregon [sic].
Democratic Times,
Jacksonville, July 14, 1898, page 3

    J. C. Stratford, the photographer, who has been in Jacksonville for the past two months, will leave for Ashland one day this week, with the expectation of locating there. He does first-class work, and much of it, too.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 22, 1898, page 3

    J. C. Stratford, the photographer, has removed to Ashland, where he will locate permanently.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 5, 1898, page 3
    Mr. J. C. Stratford, the photographer, and his mother left for Ashland on Saturday, where they will make their home. Mr. Stratford will open a photograph gallery there, and will readily find employment, as he is an artist of exceptional merit.

"Jacksonville Items," Ashland Tidings, September 5, 1898, page 3

    Rev. J. L. Stratford took several photographic views of the late reunion of the Southern Oregon Pioneer Society, which are excellent.

"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 12, 1898, page 3
    Stratford, the photographer, has returned to Jacksonville, and will be ready for business Saturday, Oct. 22d. He will have something new, "the latest," and will be prepared to offer extraordinary inducements. If you want photos, see him.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 20, 1898, page 3
    E. D. Stratford of Roseburg, a brother of Rev. J. L. Stratford and J. C. Stratford, the photographer, has been appointed as one of the commissioners who will adjust old Russian land claims in Alaska.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 24, 1898, page 3
    Until December 1st, only, at Stratford's gallery, Jacksonville, one dozen photographs of the finest and very latest style and a large portrait for the price of the photos alone. No cheap copying-house trash, but something entirely new, made by Stratford himself, and never before introduced outside the cities. If you want something nice for the holidays you should have a sitting at once for these pictures. It takes time to make them. It is worth your while to make an effort to avail yourself of this rare opportunity.
"A Rare Opportunity," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, November 7-10, 1898, page 3

    Stratford will leave Jacksonville early in March and till March 1st will make photographs within the means of all who want them.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 2, 1899, page 3

    Rev. J. L. Stratford will leave for Roseburg at once, to assume charge of the Plaindealer, which is owned by his brother, E. D. Stratford, who holds the position of U.S. commissioner in Alaska. He has had some experience in this line of business, and will doubtless give general satisfaction. Mr. S.'s many friends wish him unlimited success..

"Personal Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, April 10, 1899, page 3
    Last Sunday evening Rev. J. L. Stratford preached his farewell sermon, which was an excellent one, concluding with a few remarks befitting the occasion. He took for his text "Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace, good will toward men." Mrs. S. has been in the ministry over twenty-six years, and has made many friends in all communities where he has been a resident and pastor. While in Jacksonville he won the respect of all who knew him, and goes away with the best wishes of all.

"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, April 13, 1899, page 3
    This is positively the last week that Stratford's gallery will be open. Rain or shine, this is final.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 1, 1899, page 3
    J. C. Stratford, the clever artist, leaves for Gold Hill this week, for a short stay, after which he expects to leave for Alaska. He is an excellent photographer, and does a big business wherever he goes.

"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 8, 1899, page 3
    Rev. J. L. Stratford, who is now connected with the Roseburg Plaindealer, is in Jacksonville, paying his former home a visit. He held services at the M.E. Church Sunday evening.

"Personal Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 29, 1899, page 3
    J. C. Stratford, the photographer, moved his tent to Ashland Friday, where he will do some work for the normal school, after which he will visit the coast.
"Jacksonville News," Medford Mail, June 2, 1899, page 5
    J. C. Stratford, who is without doubt one of the best photographers ever in southern Oregon, is at Ashland and is doing a good business. He has awakened the artists who have been inflicting a rather inferior quality of work upon the people of that community, and it is amusing to see them attempt to square themselves through personal attacks on their more skilled rivals in the columns of the local press.--Jacksonville Times.
The Plaindealer,
Roseburg, July 6, 1899, page 3
    Mr. Stratford, the photographer, who has been here for some time, leaves Monday for his home in Coos County.
"Jacksonville News," Medford Mail, December 4, 1903, page 8
    J. C. Stratford, the photographer, who for some time conducted a gallery in this city, but has been lately in California, has returned here with the intention of again locating.
"Of Local Interest," The Plaindealer, Roseburg, April 11, 1904, page 3
    J. C. Stratford, a photographer well known in Jacksonville, has invented a gasoline heating, cooking and lighting apparatus that is said to be simple, practical and inexpensive. Mr. Stratford has lately been in Roseburg, but he has gone to Portland, Astoria and other northern towns to introduce his machine, says the Jacksonville Sentinel.
The Plaindealer,
Roseburg, August 18, 1904, page 1


STUDIO ASHLAND
See Hinthorne

ORVILLE D. STURGESS
(1911-12 Medford, 1912 Chico)
    Orville Sturgess, who is conducting a studio in Medford, was a business visitor at the county seat Thursday.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, June 23, 1911, page 2
    O. G. Sturgess of Medford, Oregon is now running the Vitax Studio, at 709 Main Street, Chico, California.
Camera Craft, October 12, page 486

SUN PRINTING CO.

SWEM STUDIOS
(1888 St. Paul, Minnesota, 1908 Fargo, North Dakota, 1910-39 Ashland and Medford)
Thomas M. and John H. Swem

    T. M. Swem, late of Fargo, North Dakota, and formerly of St. Paul, Minn., where he is well and favorably known along the lines of artistic photography, has recently opened up an elaborate studio upstairs in the new Payne Block, opposite the Elks Temple. His fine suite of rooms are equipped with every requisite for the delineation and perfection of the art in every detail, and those contemplating having photography done had better call and inspect the new studio, its perfect appointments and elegant surroundings.
Ashland Tidings, December 5, 1910, page 1

Kodaks.
    We do finishing and make beautiful enlargements from your own negatives or films. The Swem Studio, opposite Elks Building.
Ashland Tidings, February 2, 1911

    Announcing the opening of our new ground floor studios in the St. Marks Building. With the best of modern methods and equipment and with years of experience we are prepared to produce in your photograph the highest quality and artistic excellence known to portrait photography. The Swem Studios, 222 West Main Street, Medford.
Medford Mail Tribune, April 8, 1914, page 6
    Our delicate toned sepia prints have a distinctive quality--different from the ordinary photograph--but priced no higher. If you are planning on pictures for Xmas, try and get in this week for the sitting We will deliver the picture in December if you wish.
Medford Mail Tribune, November 4, 1914, page 3
    Our pictures of babies are more than photographs. They are studies of child life that will interest you and your friends, and the children--grown up--will also appreciate them. The Swem Studios.
Medford Mail Tribune, March 6, 1916, page 8
    T. W. Swem, the well-known Medford photographer and orchardist, passed his 70th birthday last Sunday. . . .
"Local and Personal," Medford Sun, September 29, 1918, page 2

HOWARD C. TIBBITS

S.P. Picture Man Will Snap Views
    W. F. Chipman and wife, A. C. Coolidge and wife and Howard C. Tibbits and wife passed through Ashland Saturday morning, and after a trip to Klamath Falls and Crater Lake will return here for a stay of some length. Mr. Tibbits is the president of the Sunset Publishing Company of San Francisco and is also the official photographer for the general passenger department of the Southern Pacific. Mr. Tibbits' visit to Ashland comes as a direct result of vice-president McCormick's visit here. Upon the return of the party, who are traveling in their cars from Klamath Falls and Crater Lake, they will make Ashland their headquarters for several trips, including the ascent of Mt. Ashland. Photographs will be secured and data for both the Sunset magazine and the railroad company.
Ashland Tidings, August 14, 1916, page 1
S.P. Sends Big Picture of Park
    Two immense framed photographs, two and a half by four feet in size, arrived this week at the local Commercial Club as a present from the Southern Pacific railroad. The pictures were taken by the company's photographer, Mr. Tibbits, on the occasion of a recent trip here for that purpose, and are excellent. One of the monster enlargements is on display in the window of the post office and has attracted much attention. Like pictures of Lithia Park and Mt. Ashland are to be hung in waiting rooms along the line of the Southern Pacific.
Ashland Tidings, November 16, 1916, page 1

A. M. TIDD
(1864 Yreka)
    CALL AND SEE HER.--Miss A. M. Tidd has taken the daguerrean establishment recently conducted by W. D. Page. We have seen some of her pictures, and they are not excelled by those of any artist in the state. The fair artist deserves, as she is certain to receive, the patronage of the entire community, and as to the bachelor portion, the rush will be terrific, for besides being an accomplished artist, she is an interesting and beautiful young lady. A specimen of her skill may be seen at the gallery on Third Street, where we advise all connoisseurs of pictures and young ladies to call and examine for themselves.
The Semi-Weekly Union, Yreka, California, January 27, 1864, page 2

GEORGE H. TYLER
    Geo. H. Taylor [sic] has been in the Siskiyous the past two weeks, taking views of the rotary [snowplow] at work, etc., for Supt. Agler and Roadmaster Burkhalter. The views possess the chief merit of the stereoptician's art; they are wintry enough to suit anyone.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 15, 1892, page 3
    Geo. H. Tyler and his assistant, C. V. Nye, were over on the Siskiyous this week taking views of the scenic and engineered points of interest. They will have them on sale at Mrs. Tyler's gallery.

"Brevity Basket,"
Valley Record, Ashland, October 20, 1892, page 3
    The Tyler photograph gallery at Ashland has been reopened, being now conducted by Geo. H. Tyler, assisted by Miss Cora Baldwin, who for a long time prior to the death of Mrs. Tyler had been connected with the establishment, and who understands all the detail work.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 3, 1893, page 3
Photography.
    Mr. F. L. Camps, recently from Olympia, Wash., has arrived in Ashland and has associated himself in the photography business with Mr. Geo. H. Tyler. These gentlemen can be found at the old established Tyler stand in Myer Block, where they will be pleased to accommodate all wanting anything in the photographic line.
Ashland Tidings, May 26, 1893

    Geo. H. Tyler has become possessor of the Wirth Photo Co.'s gallery in Medford as well as the plant which he owned, in Ashland. Mr. Wirth is badly involved. Miss Cora Baldwin is in charge of the gallery in Ashland and Tyler is running things at Medford.
"Personal and Social," Valley Record, Ashland, January 24, 1895, page 3
    Geo.  H. Tyler, the photographer, went down to Medford last evening to look after his business there. Mr. Tyler now owns the Wirth gallery at Medford as well as the Tyler gallery in Ashland, both of which were recently conducted by the Wirth Photo Co.
"Personal," Ashland Tidings, January 24, 1895, page 3


MAE E. TYLER
(1886-1893 Ashland)
Tyler 1888-1-27p2Tidings
January 27, 1888 Ashland Tidings
    Mrs. M. E. Tyler, the photographer of Ashland, offers to present each pioneer of the county who will visit her gallery for the purpose of having a negative taken, with a cabinet photograph of himself or herself.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, December 12, 1889, page 3

Mae E. Tyler, 1892
Mae E. Tyler, 1892
    One of the deputy sheriffs passed through Medford Tuesday on his way to Salem, having in charge a demented woman from Ashland. We are informed she was a sister to the photographer at Ashland. Sorrow at the death of her mother and sister was the cause of her unbalanced mind.
"Local and General," Southern Oregon Mail, June 10, 1892, page 3
    Mrs. Isabella Nichols, formerly of Mrs. Tyler's gallery, has opened a photographic gallery at Central Point.

    Mr. and Mrs. Geo. H. Tyler have returned from their springs on Dead Indian and have opened their gallery ready for business.
"Personal and Social," Valley Record, Ashland, August 25, 1892, page 3
    Geo. H. Tyler and his assistant, C. V. Nye, were over on the Siskiyous this week taking views of the scenic and engineered points of interest. They will have them on sale at Mrs. Tyler's gallery.

"Brevity Basket,"
Valley Record, Ashland, October 20, 1892, page 3
DIED.
    TYLER--At her home in Ashland on Friday, Dec. 30th, 1892, Mrs. Mae E. Tyler, aged 41 years.
    She was born in Grant Co., Wis., in the year 1851, her maiden name being Willis, and grew up to womanhood in that state. Part of her education was received at the State Normal School in Platteville, though previous to going there, Miss Willis had taught school, as well as after leaving Platteville. There she became acquainted with her husband, Mr. G. H. Tyler, and in 1876 they were married in Yreka, Cal. After her marriage Mrs. Tyler taught school for two years, until her health failed, and work became impossible.
    Closing out his business in Cal., Mr. and Mrs. Tyler spent some time in traveling up and down the Coast, hoping to recover her lost health and strength. They went north as far as Eugene City in 1884, and settled in Ashland in the summer of 1885, where they have since had their home.
    In 1886 Mrs. Tyler went back to Wisconsin to revisit old friends and learn the photographic business, and on her return opened a gallery in Ashland, which she has managed ever since with increasing reputation and success, her work rapidly bringing her in to rank with the best artists in the state.
    She was a member of the Episcopal Church, being confirmed in that communion by Bishop Winfield of California in the year 1878.
    She was buried from the Congregational Church in Ashland on Sunday, Jan. 1st, 1893, according to the rites of her own church, the large attendance testifying to the general respect in which she was held.
Ashland Tidings, January 1893

    Mrs. M. E. Tyler of Ashland, the well-known photographer, died last Saturday and was buried the following day. She had contracted a severe cold, which developed into a case of pneumonia that proved fatal. Mrs. Tyler was a lady of much intelligence and many estimable qualities, and her death is generally regretted.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 6, 1893, page 3

TYLER & MISER
(1895)
W. L. Tyler and H. L. Miser
    Tyler & Miser, the new photographers, have a new ad this week. These gentlemen promise superior work and swift execution of same--you get your photos even to a clock tick with the date promised.
Medford Mail, February 1, 1895, page 5
    Photographers Tyler & Miser were out Tuesday with their camera, taking views of Medford from the water works tower.
Medford Mail, March 29, 1895, page 5
Photographs.
    The only place in Medford to get a dozen fine photographs that you will be proud to send to your friends is at Tyler & Miser's. These gentlemen have gained a reputation for fair dealing and skill in their line of work that gives them the lion's share of the picture business in Southern Oregon. Call at studio in Hamlin Block. See samples and be convinced.
Medford Mail, July 12-26, 1895, page 4
    Patronize Tyler & Miser, the only photographers in Medford.

"News of the City," Medford Mail, August 16, 1895, page 5

    Photographer Mackey has leased the gallery now occupied by Tyler & Miser, and as soon as these gentlemen can make it convenient to shift their place of business he will move in.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, September 27, 1895, page 8

TYPEWRITER SERIES

1947-49 Rogue Valley postcards with typewritten legends. Many have negative numbers beginning with the letters "LO"; one postcard (of the Jacksonville courthouse) bears the name "Lowe" in the same handwriting. See "Lowe."
California Street, Jacksonville, Oregon 1947

UNIVERSAL COPYING COMPANY
    ELEGANT PICTURES.--We were last week shown some samples of first-class work in the line of enlarged pictures executed by the Universal Copying Company of San Francisco. They were, if anything, improvements on the original photographs and finished in elegant style. The agent, Jas. Griffin, took several orders while in Jacksonville, and, as he will return in a few weeks, this public can have another opportunity of judging for itself.

Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 4, 1879, page 3

UNKNOWN PHOTOGRAPHERS

    Ashland has a photographer now, and we expect an exchange of photos soon.
"Ashland Items," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, September 19, 1874, page 3   This photographer seems to have moved on without leaving further mention in the newspapers.
    An itinerant photographer is in southern Oregon, taking views ostensibly for reproduction in a Portland magazine, but really to extract shekels from those foolish enough to believe his story.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 4, 1898, page 3
   
A company of young photographers, who are making a tour of the West, were in Jacksonville Tuesday, and "took pictures" of a number of buildings. They will return later and sell the photographs. Their work is first-class.
"Local Notes,"
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 6, 1898, page 3
    Some strangers were up on what is known as Graveyard Hill just south of Phoenix, taking postcard views Saturday.
"Eden Precinct Items," Medford Mail Tribune, November 15, 1910, page 3
Fruit Scenes Photographed.
    Grants Pass--A Southern Pacific photographer has arrived to secure photographs of the bright red fruit on the trees. The cherry crop is just at its height and some handsome photographs have been secured. Truck gardens and berry patches and acres of apple orchards were struck off under the snap of the lens.
The Oregon Mist, St. Helens, July 7, 1911, page 6
    The principals in the Rose Society Vaudeville assembled last night in full regalia to have photographs taken, some of which will be used in Ashland, where they will appear next Tuesday evening.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, December 12, 1914, page 2
    Word was received this morning from Southern Pacific officials at San Francisco that one of the official photographers of the railroad would arrive in Ashland Saturday evening prepared to accompany the excursion from Ashland to the summit of the snow-crowned mountain which bears Ashland's name.
"Start 5:30 Sunday for Mount Ashland," Ashland Tidings, August 24, 1916, page 1
    Announcement was received in Ashland this week that photographers from Life magazine are coming soon to photograph the Sage Riders as they make a trial run from the top of the Siskiyou Summit to the Medford Armory.
"Flash! Pony Express to Ride Again in Life Magazine," Rogue News, January 30, 1959, page 1

UP TO DATE STUDIO
(1914-16)
222 East Main, Medford

LEE VAN BERKLEO
(1902)
    Lee Van Berkleo, a prominent photographer of Yreka, Calif., is in Medford upon a visit to his cousins, the Halley boys, and having dental work done. He is a splendid-appearing young man and is making many warm friends here.

"Additional Local," Medford Mail, August 1, 1902, page 6
     G. W. Mackey is enjoying a two weeks' outing at Crater Lake. His photo gallery is being operated during his absence by Lee Van Berkleo, of Yreka.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, August 8, 1902, page 6
    Lee Van Berkleo, the Yreka photographer, who has been visiting his cousins, the Halley boys, for a few weeks past, returned to his home Tuesday morning.

"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, September 12, 1902, page 6

VAN DYKE NEWS CO.

Medford, Oregon; postcards mfd. by E. C. Kropp Co., Milwaukee.

Van Exxe Studio, 1899L. C. VAN EXXE
(1898-99)
    L. C. Van Exxe, a photographer from Portland, has leased the Redden gallery for several months and will probably purchase the same. He is a thoroughly competent artist and will give every detail of his work his personal attention. His specialty is all lines of high-grade work.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, December 9, 1898, page 7
    The Redden gallery in Medford, on C Street, is now conducted by L. C. Van Exxe, an artist of ability, who will spare no pains to please the public. He employs the latest methods in photography, and his work is strictly first-class and up to date. When you are in that town don't fail to give him a call.

"Changed Hands," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, December 22, 1898, page 3 et seq.
    Everything that Van E does is copied and imitated. Go to Van E's studio, where you get the advantage of original ideas in posing and finishing and don't take anything second hand.

"City Happenings," Medford Mail, May 12, 1899, page 7

    The excellency of our work has "buried" our competitors "in photographs" so deep that they never will be "resurrected," next week or next month or next year. They may think so but they won't. Van E does his own retouching. It is not sent to cheap-John students in Portland as others do. No unsatisfactory work is forced on you at Van E's studio, Medford.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, June 23, 1899, page 7

    Van Exxe, the clever photographer, has returned from the Josephine County caves. He brought home a number of fine views of them.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 31, 1899, page 3
    Van Exxe, the photographer, and Geo. Mackey, the photographer, have formed a partnership and are now doing business together in the gallery opposite the post office. During the summer and fall months Mr. Mackey will have charge of the gallery work and Mr. Van Exxe will travel over the valley and into the mountains taking farm, mine and group views. Both are first-class artists, and they ought to do a good business. Mr. Mackey was formerly in partnership with H. C. Mackey in the photographing business in this city.

"City Happenings," Medford Mail, August 4, 1899, page 7

    Van Exxe and Geo. Mackey, the well-known artists, have formed a partnership.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 7, 1899, page 3

    The photographers Van Exxe and Mackey have dissolved partnership, Mr. Mackey having purchased his partner's interest in the gallery, opposite the Mail office. This is Mr. G. W. Mackey, and he is an artist of years' experience, and has a reputation of making only first-class work. He is not a stranger to Medford people, he having resided here for some time, and has made photographs for many of them--all of whom are loud in their praise of his superior work. Mr. Van Exxe is not now in the city.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, September 1, 1899, page 1

     Van Exxe, the alleged photographer, who has been in business here during the past several months, has levanted, leaving a number of creditors to regret the confidence they placed in the fellow. The public should look out for him.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 4, 1899, page 2

    L. C. Van Exxe, who has been employed as retouching artist in the Cronise gallery, left for Portland this morning.
The Daily Journal, Salem, November 7, 1899, page 3

           
JOHN VELBY

    John Velby, the traveling photographer, located his gallery at Moonville a couple of weeks. His work is first class and never fails to give satisfaction. Miss Minnie Gall, who has been learning photographer from the above-named gentleman, intends to follow that business in the near future.
"Sams Valley Items," Medford Mail, September 15, 1893, page 1 supplement
    John Velby, a traveling photographer, has erected his tent in the yard at the Pioneer Hotel. He is from Eugene, via Gold Hill, and Sams Valley--will be here about ten days, and goes from here to Medford. The quality of his work ensures him a good trade.

"Eagle Point Eaglets," Medford Mail, September 15, 1893, page 1 supplement


VIEWS INC.
("VI" logo)
Seattle, Washington. Medford postcards probably all shot June 1946, dated by Roundup banner in B120 and (probably) "Joe Palooka" and "The Daltons Ride Again" on the Craterian marquee in B113.

VINCENT STUDIO
(1942)
Dale and Violet Vincent

VINSON SISTERS
(1906-11 Medford)
Annie and Pheby Vinson
Anna and Pheba Vinson, 1897
Anna and Pheba Vinson, 1897


HAROLD E. VROMAN
(1910-12 Medford)
dba Pacific Photo Co.
Harold E. Vroman, circa 1914, Los Angeles
Harold E. Vroman, circa 1914, Los Angeles

    A. L. Vroman and family of Medford spent Christmas with Mrs. Vroman's sister, Mrs. M. F. Childs, at 777 East Main Street. This is the first Christmas Mr. Vroman and Mrs. Childs have spent together in thirty years, it also being the thirtieth wedding anniversary or Mr. and Mrs. Vroman.
"In the Social Realm," Ashland Tidings, December 30, 1912, page 4

WA Logo

See AW.

W.E.E.

Unknown. Represented by one postcard, marked "©W.E.E. 121 / Table Rock Rogue River Valley Ore." Printed on Noko paper, reportedly 1907-1920.

FRANK G. WAGNER (1890 Medford, 1892 Forest Grove, 1909 Portland)
    Photograph Gallery! F. G. WAGNER is now prepared to do first-class work in all lines of PICTURE MAKING! His gallery is located over the tin shop. Call and see his specimens and be convinced.
Forest Grove Times, April 24, 1891

FREDERICK A. WALPOLE

Not a photographer, but an artist specializing at the time in bird's-eye town views.
    Fred A. Walpole, an artist now in town, has just completed a map of this place showing the streets as well as the different business houses and residences in the town. He proposes having the same lithographed and sell copies to those who wish to purchase at $5 each. We have seen the original draft and pronounce it fine and correct. Give him an order and ornament your parlor with one of the copies.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, July 28, 1883, page 3
    PICTURE OF ASHLAND.--The view of Ashland, sketched by Fred A. Walpole, will be lithographed at one of the best eastern lithographing establishments, and will be ready for delivery to those who purchase it in about ten months. It will be a beautiful picture--and a faithful one--of the town as it is today. Nearly every building in town is shown, the point of view being above the mining ditch, west of town. Mr. Walpole has left Ashland and has authorized us to receive subscriptions for the picture, the price of which is $5, payable when the picture is delivered.

Ashland Tidings, November 16, 1883, page 3
    Fred A. Walpole is making a sketch of Yreka. Those wanting a copy of his handsome picture of Ashland should apply at once at this office.
"Brevities,"
Ashland Tidings, November 16, 1883, page 3
    Fred A. Walpole is now delivering the picture of Ashland to those who subscribed for it. It is a good view of the place, and those who would like to preserve a picture of the town as it was before the railroad came should secure a copy. Already, since the drawing was made, new buildings have been put up, and the appearance of the town considerably changed. The picture can be seen at Fountain's store, where copies will be received.
Ashland Tidings, January 18, 1884, page 3

THE WAYSIDE STUDIO

    Two and one-half miles north of Medford.
Medford Mail, September 26, 1902, page 3

GEORGE R. WATSON
(circa 1910-13)
Wolf Creek


WEISTER CO.
(1888-1922 Portland)
    T. O. Hutchinson, of Springfield, Oregon was in the city yesterday on his way to Crater Lake, where he will do quite a bit of photograph work for the Weister Picture Company, of Portland. Mr. Hutchinson is an old time acquaintance of Joseph Stewart, of this city.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail, October 29, 1908, page 5
    R. R. McKinney has been here for the past week representing the Sunset magazine in preparing a writeup of all the various interests of Grants Pass and Josephine County. With him is George W. Weister, official photographer of the Oregon Railroad and Navigation Company, and Southern Pacific Company. He is making photographs of many prominent points in the county both for the magazine and the 50,000 booklets.
"Personal Items," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, February 26, 1909, page 5
GATHERING VIEWS.
Photographer of Southern Pacific Railroad Here.
    O. Weister, photographer for the Central Pacific railroad, arrived in Medford yesterday from the north to take views of interest of the Rogue River Valley for a forthcoming edition of publicity literature to be sent east by the railroad company. Mr. Weister will spend several days in this valley and will get a collection of photos that cannot fail to attract attention to this favored locality.
Medford Mail,
October 1, 1909   "O. Weister" was likely George M. Weister.
    Geo. Weister, official photographer of the Harriman lines, and H. L. Andrews, secretary of the Grants Pass Commercial Club, were in town last Friday taking views of orchards, scenery and other things of interest. They were taken out in the country by F. A. Pierce in his automobile.

"Merlin," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, October 1, 1909, page 7

Photos for the Commercial Club.
    A beautiful set of photographs have been presented to the Commercial Club by W.m McMurray, general passenger agent of the Oregon Railroad and Navigation Co. and Southern Pacific Co. (lines in Oregon). The set comprises 103 pictures, 6½ by 8½, the work of Geo. M. Weister, official photographer of the Southern Pacific, and are photographs of scenes in Grants Pass and Josephine County, combining all branches of industry and natural scenery. The photos are mounted on two books on the front of which the name "Grants Pass" appears in gold. The gift is much appreciated by the members of the Grants Pass Commercial Club.
Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, May 13, 1910, page 3
    Finishes Work.--Photographer Weister, of the Southern Pacific, is today finishing his work here. He has taken over 200 views and this afternoon planned to get a fine panoramic view of the city from Nob Hill. Yesterday he and John W. Motley went to North Inlet and took some views of the J. H. Pinkerton cranberry ranch.
The Coos Bay Times, August 8, 1913, page 5

HENRY WENDT
(until 1907 itinerant, 1908-09 Beiber, California, 1909-1936 New Pine Creek)
    Mr. Wendt, the Central Point photographer, came out and pitched his tent for business last week, but the constant downpour of rain was such that he decided to store his things and spend a few days with his family at his wife's parents on Little Butte Creek. He expects to return as soon as the weather settles, when he will be ready for business. See his ad in this issue of the Mail.
"Eagle Point Eaglets," Medford Mail, April 12, 1907, page 8
    Henry Wendt, Jr., the expert photographer, will soon start on his summer's campaign. He has been doing considerable business at Central Point and Eagle Point, and will go to the Blue Ledge next. His work is excellent and gives general satisfaction.

"Local Briefs," Southern Oregonian, Medford, May 18, 1907, page 5

FRANKLIN WERTZ

    Mr. F. Wertz, of Central Point, is engaged in canvassing the county and soliciting orders for the enlargement of photographs. His work is excellent and his prices very reasonable.
"Local Items," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, September 3, 1879, page 3

WESTERN CARD CO.

Numbers overlap with A-M Card Co. postcards.

WESTERN COLOR SALES

4723 S.E. Hawthorne, Portland, Oregon

EDGAR D. WESTON
(1898-1900 Medford and Central Point, 1901-02 Grants Pass, 1903 Gold Hill, 1911-17 Medford)
    Miss Alta Brous, formerly of this city, was married at Prairie City, Iowa, last Sunday to Mr. Edward Weston, a photographer of that city, and a gentleman of good habits and one prominent among the business and social circles of that city. Miss Alta is a daughter of Mrs. F. M. Brous, of Medford, and the young lady has many friends hereabouts who are wishing the newly married couple much happiness and prosperity.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, October 4, 1895, page 5
    Mrs. Alta Weston (nee Brous) arrived in Medford Monday with her baby girl, and will visit until fall with relatives and friends hereabouts. Mr. Weston is a photographer and has his headquarters at Prairie City, Iowa, but during the summer he folds his tent and travels from place to place taking pictures, hence the protracted visit of Mrs. W. Albert Brous, who formerly resided in Medford, is at Prairie City engaged in law practice and is doing well.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, April 29, 1898, page 6
    Ed. Weston, of Prairie City, Iowa, arrived in Medford last week and will probably remain here for some time. Mr. W. is a photographer and will do some work for H. C. Mackey during his stay. Mrs. Weston (nee Alta Brous) and the baby arrived a couple or three weeks ago. It was the serious illness of the baby last week with pneumonia which brought Mr. W. here at this particular time. The baby has recovered from pneumonia, but is now ill with whooping cough.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, May 27, 1898, page 6
    Ed. Weston of Prairie City, Iowa joined his family here last week, and may remain some time. He is an expert photographer.

"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 30, 1898, page 2

    H. C. Mackey and Ed. Weston, the expert photographers, left last week for Klamath and Lake counties, and will combine business with pleasure. G. W. Mackey, who lately arrived from the Willamette Valley and is a clever artist, will have charge of the Medford studio during their absence.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 20, 1898, page 3
    Ed. Weston, the photographer, and son-in-law of Mrs. M. E. Brous, left Sunday for Des Moines, Iowa, at which place he is engaged in business. He was called to Medford a few weeks ago by the illness of his child, who with its mother is visiting here.

"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, July 29, 1898, page 6

    Ed. Weston of Des Moines, Iowa, who was called to Medford several weeks since by the illness of his child, has returned home.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 1, 1898, page 3
    E. Weston arrived from Iowa recently, and has formed a partnership in the photograph business with G. W. Mackey. Mrs. W. (nee Ala Brous) is visiting her mother, Mrs. D. I. Waldroop of Etna, Calif.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 25, 1900, page 3
    Ed. Weston, who has been conducting the Medford photograph gallery with G. W. Mackey, has retired and is succeeded by Geo. Dunlap of Phoenix.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 27, 1900, page 3

    E. D. Weston now has his photograph gallery open for business, and will be pleased to show samples and quote prices to all wishing photos.
"Central Point Items," Medford Mail, December 7, 1900, page 3
    For the very latest styles in photos, see Weston the new photographer--opposite courthouse, Grants Pass.

"Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, April 11, 1901, page 3

    E. D. Weston, the expert photographer, has taken charge of a gallery at Grants Pass, and will be joined by his family soon.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, April 18, 1901, page 7
    E. D. Weston, the expert photographer, has taken charge of the Bush gallery at Etna, Calif.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 5, 1901, page 7
    G. F. Owings has sold his photo tent in Glendale to Mr. Weston and gone to Medford to take charge of the Geo. Mackey gallery.
"Woodville Items," Medford Mail, November 22, 1901, page 5
    Floyd Patrick and Ed Gano have leased the Weston photograph gallery on F Street and will conduct the same hereafter. Mr. Weston will take a vacation from the photograph business during the coming summer and will devote his attention to hop growing, having, with other parties, leased the Patton and Denise yards near Grants Pass.
"Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, January 16, 1902, page 3

    E. D. Weston of Grants Pass, the photographer, was the guest of relatives living in Medford one day last week.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 2, 1902, page 5
    E. D. Weston and his family were in Medford Thursday. They are now located at Gold Hill.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 2, 1902, page 2
    Mr. and Mrs. E. D. Weston of Gold Hill were Medford visitors one day this week.

"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 2, 1902
    Mr. and Mrs. Ed. Weston, of Gold Hill, were in Medford visiting Mr. Weston's uncle, D. H. Miller. Mr. Weston is well known n Medford, having been engaged in the photograph business here several years go. He is now running a saloon in Gold Hill.
"City Briefs,"  Medford Success, February 13, 1903, page 1

    E. D. Weston, the photographer, has his outfit ready and will make a tour of the coast during the summer, accompanied by his family. They leave for Crescent City in a few days.
"Brief Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, April 29, 1903, page 2
    E. D. Weston, the photographer, has purchased the largest and most costly panoramic camera in the valley and is prepared to do work in this line on large or small scale. He is meeting with great success in orchard views and has taken some wonderful views of scenery along the Rogue.

"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, July 29, 1912, page 2
    At a meeting of the Medford Commercial Club Wednesday evening E. D. Weston of this city was appointed official photographer for that organization.
"Weston Appointed Club Photographer," Medford Mail Tribune, December 5, 1912, page 6

    E. D. Weston, commercial photographer, negatives made any time or place by appointment. Phone M 1471.

"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, September 11, 1913-January 20, 1914

E. D. Weston ad, February 18, 1914, Medford Mail Tribune
February 18, 1914, Medford Mail Tribune
WESTON OPENS CAMERA SHOP
    E. D. Weston has remodeled, enlarged and rearranged his workrooms, added new cameras and other modern apparatus and now has the only exclusive commercial photographic shop in southern Oregon, located over the Isis Theater, known as Weston's Camera Shop.
    He is equipped to do everything in commercial work, copying and enlarging pictures, deeds, mortgages, etc., to make bromide enlargements up to ten feet, Kodak finishing, farm and orchard views, etc. He does not make any portraits in the shop, but is prepared to go anyplace in the city or valley to take views, portraits, or pictures of parties in the homes, having an auto for quick service.
    Mr. Weston also carries a full line of amateur and professional photographic supplies.
    L. M. Harmon, formerly of Gerking & Harmon's, who has been manager of the gallery for three months, will remain with Mr. Weston.

Medford Mail Tribune, February 24, 1914, page 6
    Only one kind of Kodak finishing at Weston's Camera Shop, that's the best. Over Isis Theater.

"Local and Personal," Medford Sun, July 1, 1914, page 2

Weston ad, October 7, 1914 Medford Mail Tribune
October 7, 1914 Medford Mail Tribune

    Ed Weston, the photographer, has received an order from John M. Scott, general passenger agent of the Southern Pacific, for a panoramic view of the Rogue River Valley for the world's fair exhibit.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, December 14, 1914, page 2
    Ed F. [sic] Weston and wife will leave about the tenth of the month on a four months' auto tour through the Middle West. They expect to visit all points of interest, arriving at Cheyenne, Wyo. the last week of July for the Frontier Day celebration. During Mr. Weston's absence his photo gallery will be in charge of John B. Palmer.

"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, June 2, 1915, page 2
    Mr. and Mrs. Ed Weston leave Saturday in their Maxwell for a trip through eastern Oregon, Idaho and Wyoming and will be gone about four months.
"Local and Personal," Medford Sun, June 11, 1915, page 2

    J. B. Palmer, local photographer, who has been in charge of the Weston studio at Medford, is home again. Mr. and Mrs. Weston have returned from their 8000-mile auto trip, which embraced fourteen states.

"Gold Hill Nuggets," Medford Mail Tribune, November 3, 1915, page 5

    John B. Palmer made a brief visit in Gold Hill Friday. Mr. Palmer was formerly of this city, but is now proprietor of the photograph studio recently owned by Ed Weston at Medford. Mr. Weston, it is said, will take up ranching in eastern Oregon.
"Gold Hill Nuggets," Medford Mail Tribune, April 23, 1917, page 5
    Mrs. Edward Weston left Saturday morning for Dorris, Calif., to join her husband, who has been located there for three weeks past. They will make their future home in Dorris, where Mr. Weston and attorney H. L. DeArmond, formerly of Medford, are operating a large sawmill. J. B. Palmer, formerly of Gold Hill, has taken over the studio and photograph business operated here for years by Mr. Weston.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, May 26, 1917, page 2
    Mr. and Mrs. Ed. D. Weston of Dorris, California, former residents of Medford, left for home today after a short business visit in this city.

"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, August 21, 1917, page 4
    Ed S. Weston, the former well-known Medford photographer, and Mrs. Weston are here from Seattle for a visit after a year's absence. They are en route to Klamath Falls, where they expect to locate.
"Local Briefs," Medford Mail Tribune, May 8, 1920, page 2

WILLIAM S. WESTON
    W. S. Weston, the open-air photographer, recently from North Yakima, Wash., and D. F. Bliss from the same place, two genial bachelors, have moved into the new house just erected by Mr. Weston on his lot in the porter & Horning addition on the East Side. Both men are well pleased with the Rogue River Valley and expect to make Medford their future home.
"Local Briefs," Southern Oregonian, March 4, 1908, page 8
    W. S. Weston, Medford's ice cream cone man, is building a neat six-room bungalow on his lots in Fruitdale addition, east side.
Medford Mail Tribune, December 6, 1909, page 1
    William S. Weston convinced Minnie F. Fletcher that he loved her, and she married him Friday.
"Cupid Is Busy at County Seat," Medford Mail Tribune, April 2, 1911, page 15
    W. S. Weston, the photographer, . . . returned Sunday evening from [Crater] lake, where he secured a fine new set of panoramic photographs. . . .
"Arant Elected, Steel Governs at Crater Lake," Medford Mail Tribune, July 21, 1913, page 1
    Mr. Clarence Langlans and wife from Bandon arrived yesterday to make their home in Medford. Mrs. Langlans is a sister of Mrs. W. S. Weston and Mrs. J. J. Owings.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, August 29, 1914, page 2

WESTROP & HIGINBOTHAM
    NEW FIRM.--Mr. Westrop has become associated with Mr. Higinbotham in the photographic business. Both are clever gentlemen, good artists, and deserving of liberal patronage. Rooms, California Street between Oregon and Third streets.

Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, April 13, 1872, page 3

    Mr. Westrop, of the firm of Westrop & Higinbotham, photographers, will visit Josephine County next week. We recommend Mr. Westrop to the citizens [of] Josephine, as a good artist and a clever gentleman. During Mr. Westrop's absence Mr. Higinbotham will attend to the business of the gallery in Jacksonville.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, May 11, 1872, page 3

    NEW FIRM.--Westrop has become associated with Mr. Higinbotham in the photographic business. Both are clever gentlemen, good artists, and deserving of liberal patronage. Rooms, California Street between Oregon and Third sts.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, April 13, 1872, page 3


WHITLAND LOCKE (1960-74)
1045 Mary Jane Ave., Ashland, Oregon

WILD COUNTRY

Box 1, Gold Hill, Ore. No zip code. Four-color Kromekote postcards, circa 1960s

RAY S. WILFLEY
(1938-40)
Studio purchased 1940 by P. F. Brainerd, above.
PHOTOGRAPH STUDIO SOLD BY LE CLERCS
    Announcement was made yesterday of the sale of the Kennell-Ellis Studio by Howard and Blanche LeClerc to R. S. Wilfley. The new owner took over management of the business yesterday.
    Accompanied by his wife and their 21-year-old daughter Betty, Mr. Wilfley arrived here about a week ago from Fairbury, Neb., where he had been engaged n photography for 15 years. In turning over the business to Mr. Wilfley, the LeClercs asked for continued patronage by their clients.
    Mr. LeClerc said the sale was so sudden that he and his wife had made no plans for the future.
Medford Mail Tribune, May 22, 1938
WILFLEY STUDIO IS PURCHASED BY PHILIP BRAINERD
    Ray S. Wilfley today announced the sale of his Wilfley Studio and Camera Shop, 40 South Central Avenue, to Philip Brainerd, engraver on the Salem Statesman and son of P. A. Brainerd, at whose photograph studio in Grants Pass he received his early training.
    The new owner will take over the Wilfley business tonight upon his arrival from Portland. Ruth LeClerc, associated with the local studio for ten years, will remain.
    Mr. Wilfley, accompanied by his wife, will return soon to Fairbury, Neb., where he will return to the banking business, which he gave up to come to Medford in May 1938 to take over the Kennell-Ellis studio. The Wilfleys resided at 29 Ross Court. Their daughter, Mrs. Ray A. Young, a bride of last September, will remain here. She and her husband reside at 25 South Orange Street.
    Mr. Wilfley is a member of the Kiwanis Club and the Elks Lodge. He has been a popular worker in civic and club affairs since coming to Medford.
    Mr. Brainerd, before going to the Statesman last June, was photographer and engraver on the Grants Pass Courier. He installed the photoengraving department at the Courier in 1935.
Medford Mail Tribune, November 14, 1940, page 7

ADDIE K. WILSON
(1912-14)
    Wilson, 210 Laurel St., for first-class Kodak finishings.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, April 2, 1912, page 2

    Mrs. E. M. Wilson does first-class Kodak finishing at 210 Laurel St.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, March 17, 1914, page 2


W. J. WIMER
    W. J. Wimer, Grants Pass, Oregon
"Oregon's Photographers," Oregon Journal, Portland, September 8, 1907, page 14

F. B. WINES CO.
Tacoma, Washington

G. C. WIRTH
(1893 Cottage Grove, 1894-95 Medford)

    . . . Medford is going to have a resident photographer. A Cottage Grove man is now negotiating for gallery rent.
"It Is Whispered Around," Medford Mail, November 3, 1893, page 3
    Noah & Wirth, the Cottage Grove photographers, wired Thos. Fitch this week to the effect that they would soon be here with their outfit.
"All the Local News," Medford Mail, January 5, 1894, page 3
    G. C. Wirth, representing the Wirth Photo Company, arrived in Medford last Friday with his photograph outfit and is now nicely situated at the old gallery in the Hamlin block. Mr. Wirth comes highly recommended both as an artist and a gentleman of high moral standing. His success in Medford depends wholly upon his ability, and as that is in no way questioned, he can reasonably be booked as a permanent fixture in our city.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, January 12, 1894, page 3
Medford Mail, January 12, 1894
Medford Mail, January 12, 1894
    G. C. Wirth, the photographer, is now located in Medford and is occupying the old gallery in the Hamlin block.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 18, 1894, page 2
    Call on Wirth Photo Co. for superb photographic work. Extra finish. Old photos copied and enlarged. Portraits finished in oil, India ink, water colors and crayon.
"All the Local News," Medford Mail, January 19, 1894, page 3
    Wirth, the photographer, is having a fine run of business in his line, and as his work is said to be first class, and as he don't wear diamonds or kid slippers, his success here has a bright future.

"All the Local News," Medford Mail, February 9, 1894, page 3
    Wirth makes 50 stamp-size photos, 5 different positions, for $1. Paste them in your hat, autograph album, books, visiting cards, etc. Just the thing to paste on your letters when writing to a friend.
"All the Local News," Medford Mail, February 16, 1894, page 3
    The Wirth Photo Co. of Medford is gaining an excellent reputation, on account of the good quality of their work and the reasonable prices charged. They make 50 stamp-size photos for $1.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 22, 1894, page 3
Had To Have More Help.
    The Wirth Photo Company of this city is doing a good business. The Mail has said this same thing before. It was true then, and more so now. In fact, work has been coming in so fast that additional help has been necessary, and the services of Mrs. I. M. Nichols, the Central Point photographer, whom everybody knows to be a first-class artist, have been secured for a time by Mr. Wirth. The lady is to begin work next Monday.
Medford Mail, April 20, 1894, page 3
    C. T. Noe, a photographer, and a used-to-be partner of G. C. Wirth, of this city, stopped off in Medford Monday for a visit with his old friend. Mr. Noe was en route to Lakeview, where he expects to open up a business.

"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, June 8, 1894, page 3
    That the Wirth Photo Company is turning out some excellent work, and lots of it. This company is now offering a genuine life-sized crayon portrait and one dozen cabinet photos for $4.85. The crayons alone are worth three times this amount.

"We Hear It Said," Medford Mail, June 15, 1894, page 3

Will Be a Model Studio.
    Murray Bros. commenced work Monday refitting the Wirth photograph gallery. M. Wirth has leased the gallery for five years, with the privilege of ten, and in view of this long lease to a  gentleman so responsible as is the present occupant, Mr. Hamlin has agreed to put the place in first-class shape. The sides of the gallery are to be done in ingrain work, as is also the ceiling, the latter to embrace the corner, styling and extension and to be in three shades. As a matter of fact, these gentlemen, Murray Bros., have promised to execute the best article of work they keep in their shop, and if they do the place will be a beauty. The floor of the reception room will be done in oil for about two feet toward the center on all sides, and the center to be covered with fine carpet, and this spotted here and there with Angora mats of different shades. A dressing room is also to be curtained off and nicely fitted up. The skylights are to be taken out and new ones put in and much larger glass used. Everything pertaining to the gallery is to be overhauled and refitted throughout. To keep pace with all this Mr. Wirth has ordered several new posing costumes, backgrounds and scenes. When put in shape as now planned the Wirth studio will be one second to none in Portland and better than any in Oregon outside that city. Mr. Wirth is a first-class artist and is building up a business in Medford that is indeed an enviable one. Our people literally patronize a deserving business--and they do right. Medford's photo gallery is a part of Medford, and all ought to be proud of the manner in which it is now being handled.
Medford Mail, September 7, 1894, page 3
    Photographer G. C. Wirth left last Friday for a visit to Eugene and Cottage Grove. During his absence Mrs. I. M. Nichols has charge of his elegant studio.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, October 26, 1894, page 3
    G. C. Wirth:--"The Wirth Photo Company now have galleries at Medford and Ashland, and if it is possible to secure rooms a gallery will be established at Jacksonville. The Medford gallery is the headquarters, and all finishing will be done here. We are having a splendid trade--much better than we expected. Our new finish is drawing us a great amount of business. We have engaged the services of Mr. H. L. Miser, a very able photographer, to assist us in our finishing department."
"Echoes from the Street," Medford Mail, November 30, 1894, page 2
Photographs of the Departed.
    We have the 15,000, more or less, negatives made by Rifenburg & Murphy, from which we will print duplicate copies, at $2.00 per dozen.
WIRTH PHOTO CO.       
Medford Mail, November 30, 1894, page 3
    Photographer Wirth has recently added a very novel and convenient instrument of use to his Medford gallery, it being that of an electric retouching machine, which does in one hour's time the work which requires two and a half hours by hand. Other additions have also been made, such as backgrounds and cameras.
 
"News of the City," Medford Mail, December 7, 1894, page 5
Wirth, Tyler 1894-12-17p2Tidings
December 17, 1894 Ashland Tidings
    Gen. H. Tyler has become possessor of the Wirth Photo Co.'s gallery in Medford as well as the plant which he owned, in Ashland. Mr. Wirth is badly involved. Miss Cora Baldwin is in charge of the gallery in Ashland and Tyler is running things at Medford.
"Personal and Social," Valley Record, Ashland, January 24, 1895, page 3
    Geo.  H. Tyler, the photographer, went down to Medford last evening to look after his business there. Mr. Tyler now owns the Wirth gallery at Medford as well as the Tyler gallery in Ashland, both of which were recently conducted by the Wirth Photo Co.
"Personal," Ashland Tidings, January 24, 1895, page 3

    G. C. Wirth has rented a portion of the building occupied by attorney White and will represent an eastern picture-enlarging firm.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, January 31, 1895, page 2
    G. C. Wirth, the photographer, is now framing those enlarged photographs, for which coupons were issued some several weeks ago. He is located at present in attorney White's office, where he desires parties holding coupons to call for their pictures. The work which is being put out is finely executed, and the pictures will be treasures in something like a hundred Medford homes.
Medford Mail,
February 1, 1895, page 5
    G. L. Wirth, the photographer, is down at Gold Hill this week taking views about the town and surrounding country.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, July 5, 1895, page 5

D. S. WOOD
See Collins Art Store

H. F. WOOD
    H. F. Wood of Jacksonville has done excellent work at the photograph gallery during the week.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 4, 1891, page 2
    Wood, the photographer, was in Union Friday and Saturday. He did a good business and will make regular weekly visits to Union. He will be here again next Friday and Saturday, prepared to do all kinds of photographic work. Pictures enlarged at reasonable prices. Pictures of babies a specialty. Call and see him at Jones Bros.' gallery.
"Local and Personal," The Oregon Scout, Union, Oregon, September 17, 1891, page 5

WILLIAM T. WORTHINGTON
(1881-82)
    PHOTOGRAPH GALLERY.--W. T. Worthington, recently from Red Bluff, California, has opened a photograph gallery in the building on Granite Street formerly occupied as a saloon, where he is prepared to do fine work in his line. Mr. Worthington has been in the business in San Francisco, and other cities in California, and has the reputation of being a superior artist. Call and examine his specimens.
Ashland Tidings, November 4, 1881, page 3
    W. T. Worthington of California, a first-class photographer, has rented Abell's former gallery on the corner of Third and C streets and is prepared to take pictures in the highest style of the art. Satisfaction guaranteed. He will remain only a few weeks and charges city prices.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, December 24, 1881, page 3
    W. T. Worthington, the photographic artist, will only remain ten days longer. All those wishing pictures taken will do well to call at once.

Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, January 14, 1882, page 3
    W. T. Worthington and wife left for the north on Tuesday. Mr. W. is a first-class photographer and will make a visit to the towns of the state before returning here.
"Local Items,"
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, February 4, 1882, page 3
    SAN FRANCISCO, May 2.--Henry L. Baddeley, a plumber, was shot and mortally wounded tonight by Mrs.William Worthington, wife of a photographer on the Examiner. The tragedy occurred on the Washington Street wharf, about 6 o'clock. The immediate cause is unknown, but the homicide doubtless grew out of recent relations of the woman with Baddeley. Two years ago Mrs. Worthington eloped with Baddeley while her husband was in Europe.
"Shot Her Persecutor," Los Angeles Herald, May 3, 1893, page 1
    The Worthington murder trial in San Francisco is of peculiar local interest to some Ashland people, as the injured husband of the woman who killed her seducer, Baddeley, lived in Ashland about ten years ago, and ran a photograph gallery in the Baldwin block on Granite Street. He was a good artist and went in the best society. His wife also took pictures, and some were "to suit the trade" of some of Ashland's best-built young ladies. When some of the pictures escaped from the hands of their owners, the local gossips convened the sewing circles into extraordinary sessions.--[Ashland Record.

"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 25, 1893, page 3

C. E. YEAGER
(1921)
    Portraits made in your home with a guarantee of satisfaction. For appointments phone 886-J. Yeager, Home Portraitist.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, September 13, 1921, page 2

ALEXANDER J. "ZAN" STARK



- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -


    An impudent view-taker at Ashland last week came to grief at the hands of James Fewell, whose wife had been abused by the fellow because she refused to purchase any of his wares. The lady informed her husband of the circumstance, and Jim dressed the man down in the presence of the city marshal, then paying his fine with the best grace imaginable. Such lessons to the traveling gentry has salutary effect.

"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 1, 1892, page 3


Absquatulated.
    A couple of itinerant photographers, who have been selling coupons entitling the holders thereof to photographs at reduced rates, are reported to have skipped from Medford, which was the base of their operations. They did poor work and have acted the part of the mountebank generally since leaving California, where they should have remained. The people to the north should be chary of them, as they are traveling that way. Another first-class fraud was Dr. H. Roszas, whose mellifluous peals of laughter echoed through the saloons of Jacksonville and neighboring towns for several weeks. He spent most of his time in guzzling beer and sounding his own praise as a physician, yet at the same time he succeeded in collecting a considerable sum of money in advance for medicine that he never intended to furnish. This alleged doctor practiced the same game at Yreka, Cal., from which place he wandered southward. Look out for him.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 4, 1893, page 3


    A great deal has been said concerning the game law in Oregon; that is, when deer, elk, quails, pheasants, grouse, ducks, etc. can be killed, and when trout and salmon can be caught. An exchange publishes the following "take-off" on the law, and suggests that the law be promptly be enforced: "Book agents may be killed from August 1 to October 1; scandal-mongers from December 1 to January 1 exclusively; umbrella borrowers from February 1 to May 1. Open season all the year on insurance agents, picture peddlers and mossbacks."

"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 4, 1893, page 3


    A traveling photographer was in our midst one day last week and made some most excellent pictures of the Mound school.
"Big Sticky Items," Medford Mail, November 10, 1893, page 2


    At the last meeting of the city council an ordinance was passed requiring a license from traveling photographers. The ordinance requires the payment of $2.50 per day and for a period of not less than three days. This is another move in the right channel. There can be no better method adopted for the upbuilding of home institutions than the taxing of outsiders, who drop in among us for a day or two, gather in a few loose shekels and are away tomorrow. Men who help to pay the county's taxes, improve their properties, and assist in many ways to making a city a prosperous one, are entitled to all protection which can possibly be given them.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, September 28, 1894, page 3


    D. T. Lawton is tearing away the fence and old buildings from his lots on North B Street, and just as soon as S. Childers having been awarded the contract for putting it up. The building is to be a fine one, and no mistake. It will be 50x75 feet in size, one story high, with an elevated and artistically ornamented front. The building will front on B Street and extend back along the alley between Sixth and Seventh streets. On the front there will be six large windows and three doors, 7x10 feet in size, and on the alley side there will be three windows and one large door. When completed it will be used by the Mitchell, Lewis & Staver Co., farm implement dealers, and for which company Mr. Lawton is local agent for Southern Oregon. For convenience this building will be an ideal one, and as an improvement to that part of the city it will be a monument to Mr. Lawton's worth as a public-spirited and progressive citizen. The old photograph gallery standing on the ground and being used by F. W. Wait as a marble shop will probably be removed to the west side of the track--onto some property which Mr. Lawton owns there.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, February 23, 1900, page 7


NOVEL PLAN TO ADVERTISE THE CITY
Manager Malboeuf of the Medford Commercial Club Hits Upon New Scheme--
Will Attract Attention to Article Upon Medford.

    Two thousand postal cards, furnished by the Sunset magazine, are to be hurled broadcast over the country by the Medford Commercial Club calling attention to an article in the November number of the Sunset regarding Medford. The article will do much good in an advertising way.
    The credit for the advertising is due Charles A. Malboeuf, manager of the club. For the November issue of the magazine he contributed an article covering four pages under the caption "Oregon's Wonder City." He then informed the management of the publication that the local club would advertise it if they would furnish the cards. This they agreed to do.
    The postal cards which are to be sent out read as follows:
    "The Sunset magazine for November will contain a practical description of Medford and the Rogue River Valley. It tells of America's foremost orchard district and her most progressive city. Be sure and read it."
Medford Mail Tribune, October 2, 1910, page 4


Medford Local Views
    We are showing about 40 different views of the city including Oakdale Avenue, West Seventh, East Main, North Central. They are all local photograph cards. Sale price, FIVE CENTS EACH.
Advertisement, Hussey's, Medford Mail Tribune, October 26, 1910, page 8



    The local [Elks] lodgemen are doing some splendid advertising for Ashland in the distribution of souvenir postcards, stamped and ready for mailing, each card bearing a likeness of the magnificent building here.

"Appreciate Reception," Ashland Tidings, July 15, 1912, page 5



    If you haven't looked over and purchased some of the postcards with Ashland views and Ashland's motto, which are on sale at all of the local dealers, you had best make it a point to purchase a few next time you are downtown.

"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, April 26, 1915, page 5


    There were three men came in from Portland and pitched their tent, opening a photo gallery Monday morning, and gave their names as M. Lotoff, L. Nekleoff and H. Baku, but they do not seem to be doing much business.
A. C. Howlett, "Eagle Point Eaglets," Medford Mail Tribune, June 22, 2016, page 5


PHOTOGRAPHERS FORM SOUTHERN OREGON DIVISION
    The photographers and finishers of southern Oregon met at the Hotel Medford last evening at a 6:30 banquet. A business meeting was held following the banquet, at which an organization was perfected of a federation to be known temporarily as 'the Photographers' Association of Southern Oregon. A. E. Peasley presided as temporary chairman, and A. J. Anderson temporary secretary. Election of officers was then held for the ensuing year.
    P. A. Brainerd of Grants Pass was elected president; Jack Swem of Medford vice-president, and A. J. Anderson of Medford secretary-treasurer.
    The committees appointed by president Brainerd were as follows: Constitution and by-laws, C. C. Darling of Ashland, chairman; Frank Patterson and A. J. Anderson, Medford. Commercial price list, B. R. Harwood, Medford, Chairman; May King Conradi, of Klamath Falls, and A. J. Anderson, Medford. Photo finishers, Jack Swem, Medford, chairman, and C. C. Darling, Ashland. Portrait division, J. Verne Shangle, Medford, chairman; Mrs. C. C. Darling, Ashland and A. E. Peasley, Medford.
    The purpose of the organization is to further cooperation between the photographers of the district, and to get acquainted with local conditions, and endeavor to raise and maintain the standard of work.
    The next meeting will be held in Grants Pass in April.
    Those present included; C. C. Darling, Ashland; May King Conradi and Henry Conradi, Klamath Falls; Phil Brainerd, Grants Pass; and the following of Medford: B. R. Harwood, Mr. and Mrs. Frank Patterson, Jack Swem, Mrs. E. H. Jones, W. A. Gunter, J. Verne Shangle, A. E. Peasley and A. J. Anderson.
Medford Mail Tribune, March 9, 1929

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Directory Listings:

Compiled from city and regional directories by several different publishers. Listings do not include those listed under "Photographic Apparatus." 

1889
Cora D. Morris, Medford
1901
George W. Mackey, Medford
Henry C. Mackey, Medford

1903
George W. Mackey, Medford
Henry C. Mackey, Medford

1905
George W. Mackey, Medford
Henry C. Mackey, Medford

1907
Frank H. Hull, Medford
Henry C. Mackey, Medford

1909
Frank H. Hull, Medford
Frederick W. Lesmeister, Medford

1910
H. J. Boyd, Ashland
F. L. Camps, Ashland
L. A. Gregory, Medford
John C. Hart, Jacksonville
Frank H. Hull, 331 E. Main, Medford
H. C. Mackey, Medford
Vinson Sisters
, Medford
1911

H. J. Boyd, 177 E. Main, Ashland
F. L. Camps, 54 E. Main, Ashland
Gregory's Studio, 232 E. Main, Medford
J. C. Hart, 16 Aitken Bldg., Ashland
Hull Printing Co., 331 E. Main, Medford
Mrs. Cecelia Lesmeister, Central Point
Mackey's Studio, E. Main se cor Central Ave., Medford
O. D. Sturgess, S. Oakdale Ave. and R.R.V.Ry. tracks, Medford
T. M. Swem, Citizens Banking & Trust Co. Bldg., Ashland
Vinson Sisters, Annie and Pheba, Medford
H. E. Vroman, 124 Tripp, Medford
E. D. Weston, 208 E. Main, Medford
1912
H. J. Boyd, 177 E. Main, Ashland
F. L. Camps, 54 E. Main, Ashland
Mrs. Cecelia Lesmeister, Central Point
J. H. Eastman, Gold Hill
L. A. Gregory, 232 E. Main, Medford
Kunselman & Gerking, 128 E. Main St., Medford
Mackey's Studio, 204 E. Main se cor Central Ave., Medford
E. D. Weston, 208 E. Main, Medford
Mrs. E. M. Wilson, 210 S. Laurel, Medford
1914
H. J. Boyd, 177 E. Main, Ashland
B. H. Hinthorne, 201 E. Main, Ashland
L. W. Marble, 54 E. Main, Ashland
J. H. Eastman, Gold Hill
S. B. Crow, 232 E. Main, Ashland
J. O. Gerking, 228 E. Main St., Medford
Mackey's Stdio, 204 E. Main se cor Central Ave., Medford
Swem's Studio, 222 W. Main, Medford
E. D. Weston, 208 E. Main, Medford
Bert Nason, Prospect
1916
Ashland Art Store, E. Main, Ashland
J. O. Gerking, 228 E. Main St., Medford
B. H. Hinthorne, 95 Scenic Drive, Ashland
Frank H. Hull, Central Point
H. C. Mackey, 204 E. Main, Medford
Bert Nason, Butte Falls
J. B. Palmer, Gold Hill
Star Photo House, W. Main, cor Laurel, Medford
Swem's Studio, 222 E. Main, Medford
Edgar Weston, 208 E. Main, Medford
1923
Charles E. Gosha, 228 E. Main, Medford
James Issott, 331 E. Main
, Medford
E. Hayden Jones, 208 W. Main
, Medford
Mackey Studio, 204 E. Main, Medford
John B. Palmer, 204 E. Main
, Medford
1925
Charles E. Gosha, 228 E. Main, Medford
James Issott, 331 E. Main
, Medford
E. Hayden Jones, 208 W. Main
, Medford
John B. Palmer, 204 E. Main
, Medford
1927
Anderson Studio, 128 E. Main
, Medford
Harwood Photo Service, 228 E. Main, Medford
Patterson Pictures, 36 Portland Ave., Medford
The Peasleys, 331 E. Main, Medford
1930
Alfred J. Anderson, 407 E. Main, Medford
Harwood Photo Service, 229 E. Sixth St., Medford
The Peasleys, 227 W. Sixth St., Medford
J. Verne Shangle, 318 Medford Bldg., Medford
1931
Burhl R. Harwood, 229 E. 6th
, Medford
Kennell-Ellis, 32 N. Central Ave.
, Medford
Albert E. Peasley, 227 W. 6th
, Medford
J. Vern Shangle, 318 Medford Center Bldg.
, Medford
1935
Mrs. E. Hayden Jones, 607 W. 2nd, Medford
Kennell-Ellis, 4 Davis Bldg., Medford
The Peasleys, 227 W. 6th, Medford
J. Verne Shangle, 321 Medford Center Bldg., Medford
Swem's Gift Shop, 217 E. Main, Medford
Bushnell-Perkins Studio, 223 E. Main, Ashland
Bert H. Hinthorne, 9 Main, Ashland
1937
Eldred W. Corley, 215 E. Main, Medford
Mrs. E. Hayden Jones, 607 W. 2nd, Medford
Kennell-Ellis, 4 Davis Bldg., Medford
Thomas J. Radcliffe, 2 Palm Bldg., Medford
J. Verne Shangle, 321 Medford Center Bldg., Medford
Swem's Gift Shop, 217 E. Main, Medford
Bushnell-Perkins Studio, 285 E. Main, Ashland
1939
Ray W. Anders, S. 4th cor Alder, Central Point
Eldred W. Corley, 216.5 E. Main, Medford
E. Hayden Jones Studio, 607 W. 2nd, Medford
J. Verne Shangle, 321 Medford Center Bldg., Medford
Ray S. Wilfley, 4 Davis Bldg., Medford
Bushnell Studios, 285 E. Main, Ashland
1940
Bruno Art Studios, 201 E. Main, Medford
Corley Studios, 4 Davis Bldg., Medford
E. Hayden Jones Studio, 607 W. 2nd, Medford
J. Verne Shangle, 321 Medford Center Bldg., Medford
Ray S. Wilfley, 40 S. Central, Medford
Bushnell Studio, 293 E. Main, Ashland
Ray W. Anders, S 4th cor Alder, Central Point
1942
Bell Studio, 109 E. Main, Medford
Ellison Studio, 4 Davis Bldg., Medford
E. Hayden Jones Studio, 607 W. 2nd, Medford
J. Verne Shangle, 321 Medford Center Bldg., Medford
Bushnell Studio, 293 E. Main, Ashland
Ray W. Anders, S 4th cor Alder, Central Point
1946
Brainerd Studio & Camera Shop, 40 S. Central Ave., Medford
Wilbur C. Bushnell., 293 E. Main, Ashland
Clarence Ellison, 4 Davis Bldg., Medford
Harry Field, 411 Liberty Bldg., Medford
Photo & Gift Shop, 311 N. Bartlett, Medford
J. Verne Shangle, 321 Medford Center Bldg., Medford
Southern Oregon Photo Artists, 1122 W. 4th, Medford
1948
Brainerd Studio & Camera Shop, 40 S. Central Ave., Medford
Wilbur C. Bushnell., 293 E. Main, Ashland
Clarence Ellison, 32 N. Central, Medford
Harry Field, 205 W. Main, Medford
Memory Lane Studio, 214 E. Main, Ashland
J. Verne Shangle, 134 W. Main, Medford
Southern Oregon Photo Artists, 1122 W. 4th, Medford
1950
F. H. Baker, 1122 W. 4th, Medford
Brainerd Studio & Camera Shop, 40 S. Central Ave., Medford
Clarence Ellison, 32 N. Central, Medford
Harry Field, 205 W. Main, Medford
Mallon's Bob Studio, 293 E. Main, Ashland
Memory Lane Studio, 214 E. Main, Ashland
J. V. Shangle, 134 W. Main, Medford
1951
Arbuckle & Moran, 205 W. Main, Medford
Brainerd Studio & Camera Shop, 40 S. Central Ave., Medford
Ellison Portrait Studio, 32 N. Central, Medford
Memory Lane Studio, 190 E. Main, Ashland
Schlack's Studio, 293 E. Main, Ashland
J. V. Shangle, 134 W. Main, Medford
1953
Arbuckle & Moran Studio, 1110 N. Riverside Ave., Medford
Brainerd Studio & Camera Shop, 40 S. Central Ave., Medford
Foreman Studio, 32 N. Central, Medford
Hall Studio, 37 E. Main, Ashland
Hughes Photo Service, 27 N. Main, Ashland
Schlack Studio, 293 E. Main, Ashland
1955
Brainerd's Studio & Camera Shop, 120 E. Main, Medford
Ellison Photography Service, 453 Haven, Medford
Hall Studios, 37 E. Main, Ashland
Landis-Shangle Studio, 134 W. Main, Medford
Memory Lane Studios, 293 E. Main, Ashland
1956
Brainerd Studio & Camera Shop, 120 E. Main, Medford
Classic Studio, 1115 W. Main, Medford
Ellison Photography Service, 453 Haven, Medford
Hall's Studio, 404 E. Main, Medford
Landis-Shangle Studio, 134 W. Main, Medford
Memory Lane Studio, 293 E. Main, Ashland
1958
Brainerd Studio & Camera Shop, 120 E. Main, Medford
Classic Studio, 1115 W. Main, Medford
Ellison Portrait Service, 453 Haven, Medford
Hall's Studio, 404 E. Main, Medford
Hughes Photo Service, 27 N. Main, Ashland
Landis Studio, 134 W. Main, Medford
Memory Lane Studio, 293 E. Main, Ashland
1959
Brainerd's, 120 E. Main, Medford
Classic Studio, 1115 W. Main, Medford
Ellison Portrait Service, 453 Haven, Medford
Hall's Studio, 404 E. Main, Medford
Landis Studio, 134 W. Main, Medford
Memory Lane Studio, 293 E. Main, Ashland
1960
Brainerd's, 120 E. Main, Medford
Classic Studio, 1115 W. Main, Medford
Landis Studio, 134 W. Main, Medford
Whitland Locke Photographer, 1045 Mary Jane Ave., Ashland
Memory Lane Studio, 293 E. Main, Ashland
1962
Brainerd's, 120 E. Main, Medford
Classic Studio, 1115 W. Main, Medford
Landis Studio, 134 W. Main, Medford
Whitland Locke Photographer, 1045 Mary Jane Ave., Ashland
Memory Lane Studio, 293 E. Main, Ashland
Telecolor Studios, 843 E. Main, Medford
1963
Brainerd's, 120 E. Main, Medford
Classic Studio, 1306 W. Main, Medford
Landis Studio, 134 W. Main, Medford
Whitland Locke Photographer, 1045 Mary Jane Ave., Ashland
Whitland Locke Studio, 42 E. Main, Ashland
1964
Brainerd's, 120 E. Main, Medford
Classic Studio, 1306 W. Main, Medford
Kenn Knackstedt Photographer, 91 Renault Ave., Medford
Landis Studio, 134 W. Main, Medford
Royal Enterprises, 49 S. 2nd, Central Point
Whitland Locke Studio, 42 E. Main, Ashland
1965
Brainerd's, 120 E. Main, Medford
Classic Studio, 1306 W. Main, Medford
Kenn Knackstedt Photographer, 91 Renault Ave., Medford
Landis Studio, 134 W. Main, Medford
Whitland Locke Studio, 42 E. Main, Ashland
1966
Anders Photo Shop, 307 E. Jackson, Medford
Brainerd's, 120 E. Main, Medford
Central Point Photo Shop, 220 E. Pine, Central Point
Classic Studio, 1306 W. Main, Medford
Graphics West, 604 Medford Shopping Center, Medford
Kenn Knackstedt Photographer, 91 Renault Ave., Medford
Landis Studio, 134 W. Main, Medford
Whitland Locke Studio, 42 E. Main, Ashland
1968
Anders Photo Shop, 307 E. Jackson, Medford
Brainerd's, 120 E. Main, Medford
Graphics West, 604 Medford Shopping Center, Medford
Kenn Knackstedt Photographer, 91 Renault Ave., Medford
Landis Studio, 134 W. Main, Medford
Whitland Locke Studio, 42 E. Main, Ashland
1969
Anders Photo Shop, 307 E. Jackson, Medford
Brainerd's, 120 E. Main, Medford
Kenn Knackstedt Photographer, 91 Renault Ave., Medford
Landis Studio, 134 W. Main, Medford
Photo Square, 755 Medford Shopping Center, Medford
Warner Studios of Photography, 604 Medford Shopping Center, Medford
Whitland Locke Studio, 42 E. Main, Ashland
1970
Anders Photo Shop, 307 E. Jackson, Medford
Brainerd's Studio & Camera Shop, 120 E. Main, Medford
Paul B. Harper & Assocs., Industrial Photo Journalism, 427 Medical Center Bldg.,
     Medford
Kenn Knackstedt Photographer, 91 Renault Ave., Medford
Landis Studio, 134 W. Main, Medford
Photo Square, 755 Medford Shopping Center, Medford
Warner Studios of Photography, 604 Medford Shopping Center, Medford
Whitland Locke Studio, 42 E. Main, Ashland
1971
Anders Photo Shop, 307 E. Jackson, Medford
Brainerd's Studio & Camera Shop, 120 E. Main, Medford
Bruno's Studios Inc., 604 Medford Shopping Center, Medford
Thomas M. Kerr, 423 E. Main St., Medford
Kenn Knackstedt Photographer, 91 Renault Ave., Medford
Landis Studio, 123 W. Main, Medford
Photo Square, 755 Medford Shopping Center, Medford
Whitland Locke Studio, 42 E. Main, Ashland
Larry Williams Studio, 1137 W. 8th St., Medford
1972
Anders Photo Shop, 307 E. Jackson, Medford
Brainerd's Studio & Camera Shop, 120 E. Main, Medford
Bruno's Studios Inc., 604 Medford Shopping Center, Medford
Thomas M. Kerr, 423 E. Main St., Medford
Kenn Knackstedt Photographer, 91 Renault Ave., Medford
Landis Studio, 123 W. Main, Medford
Photo Square, 755 Medford Shopping Center, Medford
Whitland Locke Studio, 42 E. Main, Ashland
Larry Williams Studio, 1137 W. 8th St., Medford
1973
Brainerd's Studio & Camera Shop, 120 E. Main, Medford
Bruno's Studios Inc., 612 Medford Shopping Center, Medford
Thomas M. Kerr, 423 E. Main St., Medford
Kenn Knackstedt Photographer, 91 Renault Ave., Medford
Landis Studio, 123 W. Main, Medford
Photo Square, 755 Medford Shopping Center, Medford
Whitland Locke Studio, 42 E. Main, Ashland
Larry Williams Studio, 1137 W. 8th St., Medford
1974
Brainerd's Studio & Camera Shop, 120 E. Main, Medford
Gary M. Browd, 467½ Scenic Dr., Ashland
Bruno's Studios Inc., 612 Medford Shopping Center, Medford
Thomas M. Kerr, 423 E. Main St., Medford
Kenn Knackstedt Photographer, 91 Renault Ave., Medford
Landis Studio, 123 W. Main, Medford
Photo Square, 755 Medford Shopping Center, Medford
Whitland Locke Studio, 42 E. Main, Ashland
Larry Williams Photography, 1137 W. 8th St., Medford
1975
Brainerd's Studio & Camera Shop, 120 E. Main, Medford
Gary M. Browd, 467½ Scenic Dr., Ashland
Bruno's Studios Inc., 612 Medford Shopping Center, Medford
Woody Hunter Tintype Photo, 190 E. California St., Jacksonville
Thomas M. Kerr, 423 E. Main St., Medford
Kenn Knackstedt Photographer, 91 Renault Ave., Medford
Landis Studio, 524 E. Main, Medford
Lithia Park Studio, 42 E. Main, Ashland
Marcus Studios Inc., 295 E. Main, Ashland
Photo Square, 755 Medford Shopping Center, Medford
Terry B. Skibby, 295 E. Main, Ashland
1976
Brainerd's Studio & Camera Shop, 120 E. Main, Medford
Bruno's Studios Inc., 612 Medford Shopping Center, Medford
Cordeiro's Studio of Photography, 1137 W. 8th St., Medford
Foto Fast, 501 Medford Shopping Center, Medford
Golden Memories Studio, 524 E. Main, Medford
Woody Hunter Tintype Photo, 220 E. California St., Jacksonville
Thomas M. Kerr, 423 E. Main St., Medford
Kenn Knackstedt Photographer, 91 Renault Ave., Medford
Landis Studio, 142 N. Front, Medford
Lithia Park Studio, 42 E. Main, Ashland
Terry B. Skibby, 295 E. Main, Ashland
1977
Brainerd's Studio & Camera Shop, 120 E. Main, Medford
Bruno's Studios Inc., 612 Medford Shopping Center, Medford
Cordeiro's Studio of Photography, 1137 W. 8th St., Medford
Foto Fast, 501 Medford Shopping Center, Medford
Golden Memories Studio, 524 E. Main, Medford
Kenn Knackstedt Photographer, 91 Renault Ave., Medford
Lithia Park Studio, 42 E. Main, Ashland
Terry B. Skibby, 295 E. Main, Ashland
1978
Brainerd's Studio & Camera Shop, 120 E. Main, Medford
Bruno's Studios Inc., 612 Medford Shopping Center, Medford
Foto Fast, 501 Medford Shopping Center, Medford
Golden Memories Studio, 524 E. Main, Medford
Bob Grist Photography, 1117 E. Main, Medford
Kenn Knackstedt Photographer, 91 Renault Ave., Medford
Lithia Park Studio, 42 E. Main, Ashland
Ron's Aerial Photography, 517 Eastwood Dr., Medford
Terry B. Skibby, 295 E. Main, Ashland
1979
Ashland Photo Factory, 1640 Ashland St., Ashland
Brainerd's Studio & Camera Shop, 120 E. Main, Medford
Bruno's Studios Inc., 612 Medford Shopping Center, Medford
Carolina Rose Old Time Photos, 160 E. California St., Jacksonville
Robert W. Charles Photography, 401 Crater Lake Ave., Rm. 5, Medford
Foto Fast, 755 Medford Shopping Center, Medford
Golden Memories Studio, 524 E. Main, Medford
Bob Grist Photography, 1117 E. Main, Medford
Woody Hunter Tintype Photography, 120 N. 5th St., Jacksonville
Kenn Knackstedt Photographer, 91 Renault Ave., Medford
Ron's Aerial Photography, 517 Eastwood Dr., Medford
Silver Images, 295 E. Main, Ashland
Terry B. Skibby, 295 E. Main, Ashland
1980
Brainerd's Studio & Camera Shop, 120 E. Main, Medford
Bruno's Studios Inc., 612 Medford Shopping Center, Medford
Camera Showcase, 1640 Ashland St., Ashland
Carolina Rose, 140 W. California St., Jacksonville
Robert W. Charles Photography, 401 Crater Lake Ave., Rm. 5, Medford
Foto Fast, 755 Medford Shopping Center, Medford
Golden Memories Studio, 524 E. Main, Medford
Graphic Photo Communications, 125 S. Central, Medford[-[[
Woody Hunter Tintype Photography, 120 N. 5th St., Jacksonville
Knackstedt Studio, 91 Renault Ave., Medford
Silver Images, 295 E. Main, Ashland
Terry B. Skibby, 295 E. Main, Ashland




Last revised June 23, 2017